• Home
  • Line#
  • Scopes#
  • Navigate#
  • Raw
  • Download
1  #ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H
2  #define __LINUX_NL80211_H
3  /*
4   * 802.11 netlink interface public header
5   *
6   * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
7   * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
8   * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com>
9   * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch>
10   * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
11   * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
12   * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com>
13   * Copyright 2015-2017	Intel Deutschland GmbH
14   * Copyright (C) 2018-2022 Intel Corporation
15   *
16   * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
17   * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
18   * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
19   *
20   * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
21   * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
22   * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
23   * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
24   * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
25   * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
26   * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
27   *
28   */
29  
30  /*
31   * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please
32   * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so
33   * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI.
34   *
35   * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in
36   * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there
37   * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are
38   * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API
39   * can actually be identified and removed.
40   * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file.
41   */
42  
43  #include <linux/types.h>
44  
45  #define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211"
46  
47  #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG		"config"
48  #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN		"scan"
49  #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG		"regulatory"
50  #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME		"mlme"
51  #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR		"vendor"
52  #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_NAN		"nan"
53  #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE	"testmode"
54  
55  #define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MIN	4
56  #define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MAX	15
57  #define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MIN	1
58  #define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MAX	0x3c /* 0b00111100 */
59  
60  /**
61   * DOC: Station handling
62   *
63   * Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN
64   * interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved
65   * into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN).
66   * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added
67   * to.
68   *
69   * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's
70   * capabilities.
71   *
72   * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS
73   * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows:
74   *  - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate
75   *    or capability information, this just exists to avoid race conditions
76   *  - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid
77   *    to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same
78   *    time mark it authorized.
79   *  - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used
80   *  - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down
81   *    the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK)
82   *
83   * TODO: need more info for other interface types
84   */
85  
86  /**
87   * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support
88   *
89   * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace
90   * management entities such as wpa_supplicant react to management frames
91   * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example,
92   * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel
93   * for various reasons.
94   *
95   * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations
96   * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to
97   * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a
98   * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those
99   * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the
100   * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility
101   * for doing that.
102   *
103   * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the
104   * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy
105   * attributes so applications know what to expect.
106   *
107   * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active,
108   *       these registrations are ignored until the interface type is
109   *       changed again. This means that changing the interface type can
110   *       lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but
111   *       any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they
112   *       will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames.
113   *
114   * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required
115   * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking,
116   * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame was transmitted, its
117   * status is indicated to the sending socket.
118   *
119   * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions
120   * below.
121   */
122  
123  /**
124   * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities
125   *
126   * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs, they can have
127   * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this
128   * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions
129   * on the types of concurrency that are supported.
130   *
131   * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in
132   * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the
133   * types there no concurrency is implied.
134   *
135   * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed:
136   * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in
137   * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's
138   * an additional list of these, they can be added at any time and
139   * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN
140   * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list
141   * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute.
142   *
143   * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is
144   * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically,
145   * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the
146   * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of
147   * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions
148   * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported
149   * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially
150   * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
151   *
152   * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual
153   * interfaces that a given device supports.
154   */
155  
156  /**
157   * DOC: packet coalesce support
158   *
159   * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast
160   * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the
161   * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing
162   * and power consumption.
163   *
164   * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts
165   * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some
166   * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the
167   * following events occur.
168   * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum
169   * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule.
170   * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches it's limit.
171   * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules.
172   *
173   * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce
174   * rule.
175   * a) Maximum coalescing delay
176   * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched
177   * c) Condition for coalescence. pattern 'match' or 'no match'
178   * Multiple such rules can be created.
179   */
180  
181  /**
182   * DOC: WPA/WPA2 EAPOL handshake offload
183   *
184   * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK flag drivers
185   * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2
186   * preshared key authentication in station mode. In %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
187   * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers
188   * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when no
189   * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does
190   * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY.
191   *
192   * Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X flag can be
193   * set by drivers indicating offload support of the PTK/GTK EAPOL
194   * handshakes during 802.1X authentication in station mode. In order to
195   * use the offload the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT should have
196   * %NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS attribute flag. Drivers supporting this
197   * offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when the attribute flag is
198   * not present.
199   *
200   * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK flag drivers
201   * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2
202   * preshared key authentication in AP mode. In %NL80211_CMD_START_AP
203   * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers
204   * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_START_AP when no
205   * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does
206   * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY.
207   *
208   * For 802.1X the PMK or PMK-R0 are set by providing %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
209   * using %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support also
210   * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME must be provided.
211   */
212  
213  /**
214   * DOC: FILS shared key authentication offload
215   *
216   * FILS shared key authentication offload can be advertized by drivers by
217   * setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support
218   * FILS shared key authentication offload should be able to construct the
219   * authentication and association frames for FILS shared key authentication and
220   * eventually do a key derivation as per IEEE 802.11ai. The below additional
221   * parameters should be given to driver in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and/or in
222   * %NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS.
223   *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME - used to construct keyname_nai
224   *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM - used to construct keyname_nai
225   *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used to construct erp message
226   *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK - used to generate the rIK and rMSK
227   * rIK should be used to generate an authentication tag on the ERP message and
228   * rMSK should be used to derive a PMKSA.
229   * rIK, rMSK should be generated and keyname_nai, sequence number should be used
230   * as specified in IETF RFC 6696.
231   *
232   * When FILS shared key authentication is completed, driver needs to provide the
233   * below additional parameters to userspace, which can be either after setting
234   * up a connection or after roaming.
235   *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - used for key renewal
236   *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used in further EAP-RP exchanges
237   *	%NL80211_ATTR_PMKID - used to identify the PMKSA used/generated
238   *	%Nl80211_ATTR_PMK - used to update PMKSA cache in userspace
239   * The PMKSA can be maintained in userspace persistently so that it can be used
240   * later after reboots or wifi turn off/on also.
241   *
242   * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the cache identifier advertized by a FILS
243   * capable AP supporting PMK caching. It specifies the scope within which the
244   * PMKSAs are cached in an ESS. %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and
245   * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA are enhanced to allow support for PMKSA caching based
246   * on FILS cache identifier. Additionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK is used with
247   * %NL80211_SET_PMKSA to specify the PMK corresponding to a PMKSA for driver to
248   * use in a FILS shared key connection with PMKSA caching.
249   */
250  
251  /**
252   * DOC: SAE authentication offload
253   *
254   * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they
255   * support offloading SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks in station
256   * mode. Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP flag can be set by
257   * drivers indicating the offload support in AP mode.
258   *
259   * The password for SAE should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD in
260   * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP for station and AP mode
261   * respectively.
262   */
263  
264  /**
265   * DOC: VLAN offload support for setting group keys and binding STAs to VLANs
266   *
267   * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they
268   * support offloading VLAN functionality in a manner where the driver exposes a
269   * single netdev that uses VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs
270   * can then be added using RTM_NEWLINK/IFLA_VLAN_ID similarly to the Ethernet
271   * case. Frames received from stations that are not assigned to any VLAN are
272   * delivered on the main netdev and frames to such stations can be sent through
273   * that main netdev.
274   *
275   * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY (for group keys), %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, and
276   * %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION will optionally specify vlan_id using
277   * %NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID.
278   */
279  
280  /**
281   * DOC: TID configuration
282   *
283   * TID config support can be checked in the %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG
284   * attribute given in wiphy capabilities.
285   *
286   * The necessary configuration parameters are mentioned in
287   * &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr and it will be passed to the
288   * %NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG command in %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG.
289   *
290   * If the configuration needs to be applied for specific peer then the MAC
291   * address of the peer needs to be passed in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, otherwise the
292   * configuration will be applied for all the connected peers in the vif except
293   * any peers that have peer specific configuration for the TID by default; if
294   * the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE flag is set, peer specific values
295   * will be overwritten.
296   *
297   * All this configuration is valid only for STA's current connection
298   * i.e. the configuration will be reset to default when the STA connects back
299   * after disconnection/roaming, and this configuration will be cleared when
300   * the interface goes down.
301   */
302  
303  /**
304   * DOC: FILS shared key crypto offload
305   *
306   * This feature is applicable to drivers running in AP mode.
307   *
308   * FILS shared key crypto offload can be advertised by drivers by setting
309   * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support
310   * FILS shared key crypto offload should be able to encrypt and decrypt
311   * association frames for FILS shared key authentication as per IEEE 802.11ai.
312   * With this capability, for FILS key derivation, drivers depend on userspace.
313   *
314   * After FILS key derivation, userspace shares the FILS AAD details with the
315   * driver and the driver stores the same to use in decryption of association
316   * request and in encryption of association response. The below parameters
317   * should be given to the driver in %NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD.
318   *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC - STA MAC address, used for storing FILS AAD per STA
319   *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - Used for encryption or decryption
320   *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES - Used for encryption or decryption
321   *			(STA Nonce 16 bytes followed by AP Nonce 16 bytes)
322   *
323   * Once the association is done, the driver cleans the FILS AAD data.
324   */
325  
326  /**
327   * DOC: Multi-Link Operation
328   *
329   * In Multi-Link Operation, a connection between to MLDs utilizes multiple
330   * links. To use this in nl80211, various commands and responses now need
331   * to or will include the new %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS attribute.
332   * Additionally, various commands that need to operate on a specific link
333   * now need to be given the %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID attribute, e.g. to
334   * use %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or similar functions.
335   */
336  
337  /**
338   * DOC: OWE DH IE handling offload
339   *
340   * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD flag, drivers can indicate
341   * kernel/application space to avoid DH IE handling. When this flag is
342   * advertised, the driver/device will take care of DH IE inclusion and
343   * processing of peer DH IE to generate PMK.
344   */
345  
346  /**
347   * enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands
348   *
349   * @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors
350   *
351   * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request
352   *	to get a list of all present wiphys.
353   * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or
354   *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
355   *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
356   *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET (and the attributes determining the
357   *	channel width; this is used for setting monitor mode channel),
358   *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG,
359   *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, and/or
360   *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD.  However, for setting the channel,
361   *	see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL instead, the support here is for backward
362   *	compatibility only.
363   * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request
364   *	or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and
365   *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
366   * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes
367   *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
368   *
369   * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration;
370   *	either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a
371   *	single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported.
372   * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires
373   *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE.
374   * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response
375   *	to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
376   *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also
377   *	be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface,
378   *	then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and
379   *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME.
380   * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes
381   *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from
382   *	userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires
383   *	attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. If multiple BSSID advertisements are
384   *	enabled using %NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG, %NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS,
385   *	and if this command is used for the transmitting interface, then all
386   *	the non-transmitting interfaces are deleted as well.
387   *
388   * @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified
389   *	by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
390   *	represents peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. For MLO group key,
391   *	the link is identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID.
392   * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
393   *	%NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD.
394   *	For MLO connection, the link to set default key is identified by
395   *	%NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID.
396   * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
397   *	%NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
398   *	and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC represents
399   *	peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. The link to add MLO
400   *	group key is identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID.
401   * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX
402   *	or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC represents peer's MLD address
403   *	for MLO pairwise key. The link to delete group key is identified by
404   *	%NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID.
405   *
406   * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used)
407   * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface
408   *	using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL
409   *	attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses
410   *	internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE,
411   *	%NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP.
412   * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters
413   *	are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that
414   *	do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
415   *	%NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
416   *	%NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE,
417   *	%NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
418   *	%NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
419   *	%NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
420   *	%NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS.
421   *	The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the
422   *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, and the
423   *	attributes determining channel width.
424   * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP
425   * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface
426   * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP
427   *
428   * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by
429   *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
430   * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by
431   *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
432   * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the
433   *	interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
434   * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
435   *	or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified
436   *	by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and
437   *	%NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type
438   *	of disconnection indication should be sent to the station
439   *	(Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that
440   *	frame).
441   *
442   * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to
443   * 	destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
444   * 	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
445   * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH:  Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to
446   * 	destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
447   * 	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
448   * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by
449   *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP.
450   * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by
451   *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
452   * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PATH: Add a mesh path with given attributes to the
453   *	interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
454   * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PATH: Remove a mesh path identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
455   *	or, if no MAC address given, all mesh paths, on the interface identified
456   *	by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
457   * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by
458   *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
459   *
460   * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set
461   *	regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device
462   *	has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the
463   *	global regdomain will be returned.
464   *	A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the
465   *	regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel
466   *	information will still be mended according to further hints from
467   *	the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API
468   *	is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as
469   *	all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it).
470   *	If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then
471   *	its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory
472   *	core is not used to help with compliance in this case.
473   * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command
474   *	after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory
475   *	domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our
476   *	current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides
477   * 	NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each
478   * 	regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes  given by
479   * 	%NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and
480   * 	%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by
481   * 	%NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and
482   * 	%NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP.
483   * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain
484   * 	to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will
485   * 	store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it.
486   *
487   * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the
488   *	interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
489   *
490   * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the
491   *      interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
492   *
493   * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The
494   *	interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management
495   *	frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be
496   *	added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with
497   *	%NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be
498   *	added to all specified management frames generated by
499   *	kernel/firmware/driver.
500   *	Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this
501   *	point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this
502   *	command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the
503   *	option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
504   *	NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
505   *	NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
506   *
507   * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results
508   * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters
509   *	%NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
510   *	probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_BSSID can be used to
511   *	specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will
512   *	be used.
513   * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to
514   *	NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group)
515   * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons,
516   *	partial scan results may be available
517   *
518   * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain
519   *	intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by
520   *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is
521   *	not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified,
522   *	scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval.
523   *	These attributes are mutually exculsive,
524   *	i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if
525   *	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined.
526   *	If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan
527   *	plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet).
528   *	Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS)
529   *	are passed, they are used in the probe requests.  For
530   *	broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty
531   *	string).  If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and
532   *	a passive scan is performed.  %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
533   *	if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not
534   *	passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain
535   *	are used.  Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by
536   *	using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute.  The first cycle of the
537   *	scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY
538   *	is supplied. If the device supports multiple concurrent scheduled
539   *	scans, it will allow such when the caller provides the flag attribute
540   *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI to indicate user-space support for it.
541   * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if
542   *	scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon
543   *	as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again.
544   * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan
545   *	results available.
546   * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has
547   *	stopped.  The driver may issue this event at any time during a
548   *	scheduled scan.  One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware
549   *	does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running
550   *	a scheduled scan.  This event is also sent when the
551   *	%NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface
552   *	is brought down while a scheduled scan was running.
553   *
554   * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey resuls, e.g. channel occupation
555   *      or noise level
556   * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to
557   *	NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group)
558   *
559   * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
560   *	(for the BSSID), %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and optionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
561   *	(PMK is used for PTKSA derivation in case of FILS shared key offload) or
562   *	using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
563   *	%NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMK in case of FILS
564   *	authentication where %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the identifier
565   *	advertized by a FILS capable AP identifying the scope of PMKSA in an
566   *	ESS.
567   * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
568   *	(for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID or using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
569   *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID in case of FILS
570   *	authentication. Additionally in case of SAE offload and OWE offloads
571   *	PMKSA entry can be deleted using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID.
572   * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries.
573   *
574   * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain
575   * 	has been changed and provides details of the request information
576   * 	that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request
577   * 	(%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx
578   * 	(%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if
579   * 	the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or
580   * 	%NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain
581   * 	set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is
582   * 	%NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on
583   * 	to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2).
584   * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon
585   * 	has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or
586   * 	any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel
587   * 	where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example
588   * 	if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your
589   * 	driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while
590   * 	doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not
591   * 	on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP
592   * 	or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will
593   * 	never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always
594   * 	enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had
595   * 	either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to
596   * 	userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from
597   * 	(%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred
598   * 	before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER)
599   * 	the beacon hint was processed.
600   *
601   * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification.
602   *	This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and
603   *	as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the
604   *	authentication process.
605   *	When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the
606   *	interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and
607   *	BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify
608   *	the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication
609   *	request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ +
610   *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET is used to specify the frequence of the
611   *	channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE is used to specify the
612   *	authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to define IEs
613   *	(VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs) to be added
614   *	to the frame.
615   *	When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication
616   *	frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the
617   *	frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct
618   *	state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the
619   *	MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The
620   *	included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame
621   *	(including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is
622   *	also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that
623   *	case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a
624   *	%NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which
625   *	pending authentication timed out).
626   * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like
627   *	NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation
628   *	(similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request,
629   *	MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The
630   *	%NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the
631   *	request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not
632   *	included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is
633   *	included).
634   * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like
635   *	NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to
636   *	MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication
637   *	primitives).
638   * @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like
639   *	NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to
640   *	MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives).
641   *
642   * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael
643   *	MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the
644   *	event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of
645   *	the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key
646   *	type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and
647   *	%NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this
648   *	event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive
649   *
650   * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a
651   *	FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found)
652   *	and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those
653   *	should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be
654   *	executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ
655   *	may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval,
656   *	given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not
657   *	given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms).
658   * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is
659   *	determined by the network interface.
660   *
661   * @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute
662   *	to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through
663   *	to the driver.
664   *
665   * @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command
666   *	requests to connect to a specified network but without separating
667   *	auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a
668   *	%NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association
669   *	IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE,
670   *	%NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
671   *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
672   *	%NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
673   *	%NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
674   *	%NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and
675   *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT.
676   *	If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are
677   *	restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming
678   *	within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT
679   *	can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while
680   *	allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to
681   *	ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one
682   *	set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing
683   *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict
684   *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT).
685   *	Driver shall not modify the IEs specified through %NL80211_ATTR_IE if
686   *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC is included. However, if %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT is
687   *	included, these IEs through %NL80211_ATTR_IE are specified by the user
688   *	space based on the best possible BSS selected. Thus, if the driver ends
689   *	up selecting a different BSS, it can modify these IEs accordingly (e.g.
690   *	userspace asks the driver to perform PMKSA caching with BSS1 and the
691   *	driver ends up selecting BSS2 with different PMKSA cache entry; RSNIE
692   *	has to get updated with the apt PMKID).
693   *	%NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within
694   *	the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with
695   *	a different BSS is desired.
696   *	Background scan period can optionally be
697   *	specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
698   *	if not specified default background scan configuration
699   *	in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled.
700   *	This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan.
701   *	It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the
702   *	connection is established or failed to be established. This can be
703   *	determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success,
704   *	non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the
705   *	event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate
706   *	authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP.
707   *	Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as
708   *	well to remain backwards compatible.
709   * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: Notification indicating the card/driver roamed by itself.
710   *	When a security association was established on an 802.1X network using
711   *	fast transition, this event should be followed by an
712   *	%NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event.
713   *	Following a %NL80211_CMD_ROAM event userspace can issue
714   *	%NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN in order to obtain the scan information for the
715   *	new BSS the card/driver roamed to.
716   * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify
717   *	userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other
718   *	reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and
719   *	%NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used.
720   *
721   * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices
722   *	associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow.
723   *
724   * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified
725   *	channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do
726   *	off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for
727   *	a response while being associated to an AP on another channel.
728   *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus
729   *	radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the
730   *	frequency for the operation.
731   *	%NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds
732   *	to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to
733   *	notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the
734   *	driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the
735   *	radio).
736   *	When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
737   *	that will be included with any events pertaining to this request;
738   *	the cookie is also used to cancel the request.
739   * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a
740   *	pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been
741   *	completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration.
742   *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the
743   *	radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to
744   *	uniquely identify the request.
745   *	This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested
746   *	remain-on-channel duration has expired.
747   *
748   * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX
749   *	rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface
750   *	and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates.
751   *
752   * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames
753   *	(via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command
754   *	requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for
755   *	backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames)
756   *	and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame
757   *	that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or
758   *	four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration
759   *	cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink
760   *	socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made.
761   *	The %NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST flag attribute can be given if
762   *	%NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS is available, in which
763   *	case the registration can also be modified to include/exclude the
764   *	flag, rather than requiring unregistration to change it.
765   * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for
766   *	backward compatibility
767   * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This
768   *	command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and
769   *	as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in
770   *	kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a
771   *	user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
772   *	frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used
773   *	to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was
774   *	received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel
775   *	or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel
776   *	and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time
777   *	specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation
778   *	returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the
779   *	TX status event pertaining to the TX request.
780   *	%NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
781   *	management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band.
782   *	%NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA
783   *	counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute
784   *	is used during CSA period.
785   *	For TX on an MLD, the frequency can be omitted and the link ID be
786   *	specified, or if transmitting to a known peer MLD (with MLD addresses
787   *	in the frame) both can be omitted and the link will be selected by
788   *	lower layers.
789   *	For RX notification, %NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP may be included to
790   *	indicate the frame RX timestamp and %NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP may
791   *	be included to indicate the ack TX timestamp.
792   * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this
793   *	command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait
794   *	time if it is known that it is no longer necessary.  This command is
795   *	also sent as an event whenever the driver has completed the off-channel
796   *	wait time.
797   * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility.
798   * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame
799   *	transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies
800   *	the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the
801   *	frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged
802   *	the frame. %NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP may be included to indicate the
803   *	tx timestamp and %NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP may be included to
804   *	indicate the ack RX timestamp.
805   * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for
806   *	backward compatibility.
807   *
808   * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
809   * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
810   *
811   * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command
812   *	is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger
813   *	levels.
814   * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This
815   *	command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was
816   *	reached.
817   * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
818   *	and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface
819   *	(identifed by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on.
820   *	In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism
821   *	with which it switches channels is implementation-defined.
822   *	When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while
823   *	no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation
824   *	of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take
825   *	precedence when they are used.
826   *
827   * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface
828   *	(no longer supported).
829   *
830   * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST: Configure if this AP should perform
831   *	multicast to unicast conversion. When enabled, all multicast packets
832   *	with ethertype ARP, IPv4 or IPv6 (possibly within an 802.1Q header)
833   *	will be sent out to each station once with the destination (multicast)
834   *	MAC address replaced by the station's MAC address. Note that this may
835   *	break certain expectations of the receiver, e.g. the ability to drop
836   *	unicast IP packets encapsulated in multicast L2 frames, or the ability
837   *	to not send destination unreachable messages in such cases.
838   *	This can only be toggled per BSS. Configure this on an interface of
839   *	type %NL80211_IFTYPE_AP. It applies to all its VLAN interfaces
840   *	(%NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN), except for those in 4addr (WDS) mode.
841   *	If %NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED is not present with this
842   *	command, the feature is disabled.
843   *
844   * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial
845   *	mesh config parameters may be given.
846   * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the
847   *	network is determined by the network interface.
848   *
849   * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame
850   *	notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
851   *	deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
852   * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame
853   *	notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
854   *	disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
855   *
856   * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a
857   *      beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer.  This is only
858   *      sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer
859   *      candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
860   *      @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or
861   *      @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set.  On reception of this
862   *      notification, userspace may decide to create a new station
863   *      (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION).  To stop this notification from
864   *      reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the
865   *      new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later
866   *      depending on the authentication result.
867   *
868   * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
869   * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
870   *	Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports
871   *	various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this
872   *	command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For
873   *	more background information, see
874   *	https://wireless.wiki.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN.
875   *	The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification
876   *	from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the
877   *	@NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason
878   *	for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present
879   *	in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the
880   *	wakeup but reports that it was woken up.
881   *
882   * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver
883   *	the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This
884   *	feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data
885   *	is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and
886   *	contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened,
887   *	this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to
888   *	inform userspace of the new replay counter.
889   *
890   * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace
891   *	of PMKSA caching dandidates.
892   *
893   * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup).
894   *	In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take
895   *	actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one).
896   *	In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested
897   *	operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and
898   *	%NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with
899   *	%NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN).
900   * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The
901   *	%NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be
902   *	sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as
903   *	802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012
904   *	8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently
905   *	supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES
906   *	and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in
907   *	&enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode.
908   *
909   * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP
910   *	(or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to
911   *	implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3
912   *	frames. Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame
913   *	is received.
914   *	For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and
915   *	other attributes like the interface index are present.
916   *	If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can
917   *	only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription
918   *	is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events.
919   *
920   * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the
921   *	associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame
922   *	and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly
923   *	to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener.
924   *
925   * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface
926   *	by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is
927   *	acknowleged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses
928   *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a
929   *	direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match
930   *	up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and
931   *	has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed.
932   *
933   * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from
934   *	other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement
935   *	OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME
936   *	messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register.
937   *
938   * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether
939   *      No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied.
940   *
941   * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels
942   *	independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating
943   *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the
944   *	attributes determining channel width.  This indication may also be
945   *	sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA
946   *	from the remote AP) is completed;
947   *
948   * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch
949   *	has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator
950   *	(ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or
951   *	initiated on our own).  It indicates that
952   *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
953   *	after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's.  The userspace may
954   *	decide to react to this indication by requesting other
955   *	interfaces to change channel as well.
956   *
957   * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by
958   *	its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with
959   *	%NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the
960   *	P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and
961   *	public action frame TX.
962   * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by
963   *	its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier.
964   *
965   * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to
966   *	notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a
967   *	station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON
968   *	is used for this.
969   *
970   * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames
971   *	for IBSS or MESH vif.
972   *
973   * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control.
974   *	This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC
975   *	address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in
976   *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in
977   *	%NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it
978   *	is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver
979   *	will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This
980   *	command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its
981   *	ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP.
982   *
983   * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once
984   *	a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished
985   *	or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with
986   *	this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars
987   *	while operating on this channel.
988   *	%NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the
989   *	event.
990   *
991   * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features,
992   *	i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features.
993   *	Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap.
994   *
995   * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition
996   *	Information Element to the WLAN driver
997   *
998   * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver
999   *	to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along
1000   *	with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report
1001   *	received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE).
1002   *
1003   * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running
1004   *	a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to
1005   *	complete.
1006   *
1007   * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can
1008   *	return back to normal.
1009   *
1010   * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules.
1011   * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules.
1012   *
1013   * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the
1014   *	new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA)
1015   *	in the beacon for some time (as defined in the
1016   *	%NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the
1017   *	new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using
1018   *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel
1019   *	width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform
1020   *	other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel
1021   *	switch is complete.
1022   *
1023   * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified
1024   *	by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in
1025   *	%NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in
1026   *	%NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA.
1027   *	For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is
1028   *	used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions
1029   *	(&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands.
1030   *	This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes.
1031   *
1032   * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values.
1033   *	The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If
1034   *	that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this
1035   *	QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an
1036   *	association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart.
1037   *
1038   * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given
1039   *	%NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO
1040   *	and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters.
1041   *	Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by
1042   *	userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets
1043   *	up the TX TS in the driver/device.
1044   *	If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks
1045   *	if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to
1046   *	avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would
1047   *	make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still
1048   *	fail even if the check was successful.
1049   * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID
1050   *	and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this
1051   *	before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating
1052   *	or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case.
1053   *
1054   * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to
1055   *	destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
1056   *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
1057   *
1058   * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and
1059   *	bandwidth of a channel must be given.
1060   * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the
1061   *	network is determined by the network interface.
1062   *
1063   * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer,
1064   *	identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is
1065   *	provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining
1066   *	channel width/type. The target operating class is given via
1067   *	%NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS.
1068   *	The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching
1069   *	operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the
1070   *	AP.
1071   * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS
1072   *	peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel
1073   *	when this command completes.
1074   *
1075   * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used
1076   *	as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom
1077   *	management.
1078   *
1079   * @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is
1080   *	not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through
1081   *	cfg80211_scan_done().
1082   *
1083   * @NL80211_CMD_START_NAN: Start NAN operation, identified by its
1084   *	%NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been
1085   *	previously created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. After it
1086   *	has been started, the NAN interface will create or join a
1087   *	cluster. This command must have a valid
1088   *	%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF attribute and optional
1089   *	%NL80211_ATTR_BANDS attributes.  If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is
1090   *	omitted or set to 0, it means don't-care and the device will
1091   *	decide what to use.  After this command NAN functions can be
1092   *	added.
1093   * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN: Stop the NAN operation, identified by
1094   *	its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface.
1095   * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION: Add a NAN function. The function is defined
1096   *	with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC nested attribute. When called, this
1097   *	operation returns the strictly positive and unique instance id
1098   *	(%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID) and a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
1099   *	of the function upon success.
1100   *	Since instance ID's can be re-used, this cookie is the right
1101   *	way to identify the function. This will avoid races when a termination
1102   *	event is handled by the user space after it has already added a new
1103   *	function that got the same instance id from the kernel as the one
1104   *	which just terminated.
1105   *	This cookie may be used in NAN events even before the command
1106   *	returns, so userspace shouldn't process NAN events until it processes
1107   *	the response to this command.
1108   *	Look at %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER as well.
1109   * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION: Delete a NAN function by cookie.
1110   *	This command is also used as a notification sent when a NAN function is
1111   *	terminated. This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID
1112   *	and %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attributes.
1113   * @NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG: Change current NAN
1114   *	configuration. NAN must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN
1115   *	was executed).  It must contain at least one of the following
1116   *	attributes: %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
1117   *	%NL80211_ATTR_BANDS.  If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is omitted, the
1118   *	current configuration is not changed.  If it is present but
1119   *	set to zero, the configuration is changed to don't-care
1120   *	(i.e. the device can decide what to do).
1121   * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_FUNC_MATCH: Notification sent when a match is reported.
1122   *	This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH nested attribute and
1123   *	%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE.
1124   *
1125   * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS: Update one or more connect parameters
1126   *	for subsequent roaming cases if the driver or firmware uses internal
1127   *	BSS selection. This command can be issued only while connected and it
1128   *	does not result in a change for the current association. Currently,
1129   *	only the %NL80211_ATTR_IE data is used and updated with this command.
1130   *
1131   * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, set the PMK or PMK-R0
1132   *	for the given authenticator address (specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
1133   *	When %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is set, %NL80211_ATTR_PMK specifies the
1134   *	PMK-R0, otherwise it specifies the PMK.
1135   * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, delete the previously
1136   *	configured PMK for the authenticator address identified by
1137   *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
1138   * @NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED: An event that indicates an 802.1X FT roam was
1139   *	completed successfully. Drivers that support 4 way handshake offload
1140   *	should send this event after indicating 802.1X FT assocation with
1141   *	%NL80211_CMD_ROAM. If the 4 way handshake failed %NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT
1142   *	should be indicated instead.
1143   * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME: Control Port (e.g. PAE) frame TX request
1144   *	and RX notification.  This command is used both as a request to transmit
1145   *	a control port frame and as a notification that a control port frame
1146   *	has been received. %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
1147   *	frame contents.  The frame is the raw EAPoL data, without ethernet or
1148   *	802.11 headers.
1149   *	For an MLD transmitter, the %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID may be given and
1150   *	its effect will depend on the destination: If the destination is known
1151   *	to be an MLD, this will be used as a hint to select the link to transmit
1152   *	the frame on. If the destination is not an MLD, this will select both
1153   *	the link to transmit on and the source address will be set to the link
1154   *	address of that link.
1155   *	When used as an event indication %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
1156   *	%NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC are added
1157   *	indicating the protocol type of the received frame; whether the frame
1158   *	was received unencrypted and the MAC address of the peer respectively.
1159   *
1160   * @NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB: Request that the regdb firmware file is reloaded.
1161   *
1162   * @NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH: This interface is exclusively defined for host
1163   *	drivers that do not define separate commands for authentication and
1164   *	association, but rely on user space for the authentication to happen.
1165   *	This interface acts both as the event request (driver to user space)
1166   *	to trigger the authentication and command response (userspace to
1167   *	driver) to indicate the authentication status.
1168   *
1169   *	User space uses the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT command to the host driver to
1170   *	trigger a connection. The host driver selects a BSS and further uses
1171   *	this interface to offload only the authentication part to the user
1172   *	space. Authentication frames are passed between the driver and user
1173   *	space through the %NL80211_CMD_FRAME interface. Host driver proceeds
1174   *	further with the association after getting successful authentication
1175   *	status. User space indicates the authentication status through
1176   *	%NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute in %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH
1177   *	command interface.
1178   *
1179   *	Host driver sends MLD address of the AP with %NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR in
1180   *	%NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH event to indicate user space to enable MLO
1181   *	during the authentication offload in STA mode while connecting to MLD
1182   *	APs. Host driver should check %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT flag capability
1183   *	in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to know whether the user space supports enabling
1184   *	MLO during the authentication offload or not.
1185   *	User space should enable MLO during the authentication only when it
1186   *	receives the AP MLD address in authentication offload request. User
1187   *	space shouldn't enable MLO when the authentication offload request
1188   *	doesn't indicate the AP MLD address even if the AP is MLO capable.
1189   *	User space should use %NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR as peer's MLD address and
1190   *	interface address identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX as self MLD
1191   *	address. User space and host driver to use MLD addresses in RA, TA and
1192   *	BSSID fields of the frames between them, and host driver translates the
1193   *	MLD addresses to/from link addresses based on the link chosen for the
1194   *	authentication.
1195   *
1196   *	Host driver reports this status on an authentication failure to the
1197   *	user space through the connect result as the user space would have
1198   *	initiated the connection through the connect request.
1199   *
1200   * @NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED: An event that notify station's
1201   *	ht opmode or vht opmode changes using any of %NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
1202   *	%NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,%NL80211_ATTR_NSS attributes with its
1203   *	address(specified in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
1204   *
1205   * @NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, in
1206   *	the %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS attribute.
1207   *
1208   * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START: start a (set of) peer measurement(s)
1209   *	with the given parameters, which are encapsulated in the nested
1210   *	%NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS attribute. Optionally, MAC address
1211   *	randomization may be enabled and configured by specifying the
1212   *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes.
1213   *	If a timeout is requested, use the %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT attribute.
1214   *	A u64 cookie for further %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE use is returned in
1215   *	the netlink extended ack message.
1216   *
1217   *	To cancel a measurement, close the socket that requested it.
1218   *
1219   *	Measurement results are reported to the socket that requested the
1220   *	measurement using @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT when they
1221   *	become available, so applications must ensure a large enough socket
1222   *	buffer size.
1223   *
1224   *	Depending on driver support it may or may not be possible to start
1225   *	multiple concurrent measurements.
1226   * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT: This command number is used for the
1227   *	result notification from the driver to the requesting socket.
1228   * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE: Notification only, indicating that
1229   *	the measurement completed, using the measurement cookie
1230   *	(%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE).
1231   *
1232   * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR: Notify the kernel that a radar signal was
1233   *	detected and reported by a neighboring device on the channel
1234   *	indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes
1235   *	determining the width and type.
1236   *
1237   * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO: This interface allows the host driver to
1238   *	offload OWE processing to user space. This intends to support
1239   *	OWE AKM by the host drivers that implement SME but rely
1240   *	on the user space for the cryptographic/DH IE processing in AP mode.
1241   *
1242   * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK: The requirement for mesh link metric
1243   *	refreshing, is that from one mesh point we be able to send some data
1244   *	frames to other mesh points which are not currently selected as a
1245   *	primary traffic path, but which are only 1 hop away. The absence of
1246   *	the primary path to the chosen node makes it necessary to apply some
1247   *	form of marking on a chosen packet stream so that the packets can be
1248   *	properly steered to the selected node for testing, and not by the
1249   *	regular mesh path lookup. Further, the packets must be of type data
1250   *	so that the rate control (often embedded in firmware) is used for
1251   *	rate selection.
1252   *
1253   *	Here attribute %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify connected mesh
1254   *	peer MAC address and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the frame
1255   *	content. The frame is ethernet data.
1256   *
1257   * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG: Data frame TID specific configuration
1258   *	is passed using %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG attribute.
1259   *
1260   * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON: Unprotected or incorrectly protected Beacon
1261   *	frame. This event is used to indicate that a received Beacon frame was
1262   *	dropped because it did not include a valid MME MIC while beacon
1263   *	protection was enabled (BIGTK configured in station mode).
1264   *
1265   * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a control
1266   *	port frame transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME.
1267   *	%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME
1268   *	includes the contents of the frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included
1269   *	if the recipient acknowledged the frame.
1270   *
1271   * @NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS: SAR power limitation configuration is
1272   *	passed using %NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is used to
1273   *	specify the wiphy index to be applied to.
1274   *
1275   * @NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION: This notification is sent out whenever
1276   *	mac80211/drv detects a bss color collision.
1277   *
1278   * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_REQUEST: This command is used to indicate that
1279   *	userspace wants to change the BSS color.
1280   *
1281   * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED: Notify userland, that a color change has
1282   *	started
1283   *
1284   * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED: Notify userland, that the color change has
1285   *	been aborted
1286   *
1287   * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED: Notify userland that the color change
1288   *	has completed
1289   *
1290   * @NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD: Set FILS AAD data to the driver using -
1291   *	&NL80211_ATTR_MAC - for STA MAC address
1292   *	&NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - for KEK
1293   *	&NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES - for FILS Nonces
1294   *		(STA Nonce 16 bytes followed by AP Nonce 16 bytes)
1295   *
1296   * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOC_COMEBACK: notification about an association
1297   *      temporal rejection with comeback. The event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
1298   *      to describe the BSSID address of the AP and %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT to
1299   *      specify the timeout value.
1300   *
1301   * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK: Add a new link to an interface. The
1302   *	%NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID attribute is used for the new link.
1303   * @NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK: Remove a link from an interface. This may come
1304   *	without %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID as an easy way to remove all links
1305   *	in preparation for e.g. roaming to a regular (non-MLO) AP.
1306   *
1307   * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK_STA: Add a link to an MLD station
1308   * @NL80211_CMD_MODIFY_LINK_STA: Modify a link of an MLD station
1309   * @NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK_STA: Remove a link of an MLD station
1310   *
1311   * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number
1312   * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use
1313   */
1314  enum nl80211_commands {
1315  /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
1316  	NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC,
1317  
1318  	NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY,		/* can dump */
1319  	NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY,
1320  	NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY,
1321  	NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY,
1322  
1323  	NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE,	/* can dump */
1324  	NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE,
1325  	NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE,
1326  	NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE,
1327  
1328  	NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY,
1329  	NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY,
1330  	NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY,
1331  	NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY,
1332  
1333  	NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON,
1334  	NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON,
1335  	NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
1336  	NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
1337  	NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
1338  	NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
1339  
1340  	NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION,
1341  	NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION,
1342  	NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION,
1343  	NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION,
1344  
1345  	NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH,
1346  	NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH,
1347  	NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH,
1348  	NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH,
1349  
1350  	NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS,
1351  
1352  	NL80211_CMD_SET_REG,
1353  	NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG,
1354  
1355  	NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG,
1356  	NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG,
1357  
1358  	NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */,
1359  
1360  	NL80211_CMD_GET_REG,
1361  
1362  	NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN,
1363  	NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
1364  	NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS,
1365  	NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED,
1366  
1367  	NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE,
1368  
1369  	NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE,
1370  	NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
1371  	NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1372  	NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE,
1373  
1374  	NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE,
1375  
1376  	NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT,
1377  
1378  	NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS,
1379  	NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS,
1380  
1381  	NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
1382  
1383  	NL80211_CMD_CONNECT,
1384  	NL80211_CMD_ROAM,
1385  	NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT,
1386  
1387  	NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS,
1388  
1389  	NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY,
1390  	NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS,
1391  
1392  	NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA,
1393  	NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA,
1394  	NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA,
1395  
1396  	NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
1397  	NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
1398  
1399  	NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK,
1400  
1401  	NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
1402  	NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
1403  	NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
1404  	NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
1405  	NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1406  	NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1407  
1408  	NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE,
1409  	NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE,
1410  
1411  	NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM,
1412  	NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM,
1413  
1414  	NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL,
1415  	NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER,
1416  
1417  	NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL,
1418  
1419  	NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH,
1420  	NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH,
1421  
1422  	NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1423  	NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE,
1424  
1425  	NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE,
1426  
1427  	NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN,
1428  	NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN,
1429  
1430  	NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN,
1431  	NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN,
1432  	NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS,
1433  	NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED,
1434  
1435  	NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD,
1436  
1437  	NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
1438  
1439  	NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER,
1440  	NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT,
1441  
1442  	NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME,
1443  
1444  	NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT,
1445  
1446  	NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS,
1447  
1448  	NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME,
1449  
1450  	NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP,
1451  
1452  	NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY,
1453  
1454  	NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE,
1455  	NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE,
1456  
1457  	NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED,
1458  
1459  	NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE,
1460  
1461  	NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL,
1462  
1463  	NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT,
1464  
1465  	NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
1466  
1467  	NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES,
1468  	NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT,
1469  
1470  	NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START,
1471  	NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP,
1472  
1473  	NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE,
1474  	NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE,
1475  
1476  	NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1477  
1478  	NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
1479  
1480  	NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP,
1481  
1482  	NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS,
1483  	NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS,
1484  
1485  	NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP,
1486  
1487  	NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB,
1488  	NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB,
1489  
1490  	NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY,
1491  
1492  	NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1493  	NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1494  
1495  	NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE,
1496  
1497  	NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN,
1498  
1499  	NL80211_CMD_START_NAN,
1500  	NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN,
1501  	NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION,
1502  	NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION,
1503  	NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG,
1504  	NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH,
1505  
1506  	NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST,
1507  
1508  	NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS,
1509  
1510  	NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK,
1511  	NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK,
1512  
1513  	NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
1514  
1515  	NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB,
1516  
1517  	NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH,
1518  
1519  	NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED,
1520  
1521  	NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME,
1522  
1523  	NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS,
1524  
1525  	NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START,
1526  	NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT,
1527  	NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE,
1528  
1529  	NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR,
1530  
1531  	NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO,
1532  
1533  	NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK,
1534  
1535  	NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG,
1536  
1537  	NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON,
1538  
1539  	NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1540  
1541  	NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS,
1542  
1543  	NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION,
1544  
1545  	NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_REQUEST,
1546  
1547  	NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED,
1548  	NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED,
1549  	NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED,
1550  
1551  	NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD,
1552  
1553  	NL80211_CMD_ASSOC_COMEBACK,
1554  
1555  	NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK,
1556  	NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK,
1557  
1558  	NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK_STA,
1559  	NL80211_CMD_MODIFY_LINK_STA,
1560  	NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK_STA,
1561  	NL80211_CMD_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_1,
1562  	NL80211_CMD_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_2,
1563  	NL80211_CMD_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_3,
1564  	NL80211_CMD_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_4,
1565  	NL80211_CMD_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_5,
1566  	NL80211_CMD_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_6,
1567  	NL80211_CMD_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_7,
1568  	NL80211_CMD_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_8,
1569  	NL80211_CMD_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_9,
1570  	NL80211_CMD_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_10,
1571  
1572  	/* add new commands above here */
1573  
1574  	/* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */
1575  	__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST,
1576  	NL80211_CMD_MAX = __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1
1577  };
1578  
1579  /*
1580   * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them
1581   * here
1582   */
1583  #define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS
1584  #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE
1585  #define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE
1586  #define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE
1587  #define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1588  #define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE
1589  #define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE
1590  #define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT
1591  
1592  #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
1593  
1594  /* source-level API compatibility */
1595  #define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG
1596  #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG
1597  #define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE
1598  
1599  /**
1600   * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes
1601   *
1602   * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors
1603   *
1604   * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf.
1605   *	/sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index
1606   * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming)
1607   * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters
1608   * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz,
1609   *	defines the channel together with the (deprecated)
1610   *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes
1611   *	%NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
1612   *	and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2
1613   * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values
1614   *	of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the
1615   *	documentation of the enum for more information.
1616   * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the
1617   *	channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth. In S1G this is the
1618   *	operating channel center frequency.
1619   * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the
1620   *	channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth
1621   * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
1622   *	if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included):
1623   *	NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including
1624   *		this attribute)
1625   *	NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only
1626   *	NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel
1627   *	NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel
1628   *	This attribute is now deprecated.
1629   * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1630   *	less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1631   *	dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8
1632   * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1633   *	greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1634   *	dot11ShortLongLimit; u8
1635   * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum
1636   *	length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable
1637   *	fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32
1638   * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length
1639   *	larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range:
1640   *	0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32
1641   * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11
1642   *	section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8
1643   *
1644   * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on
1645   * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name
1646   * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype
1647   *
1648   * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices
1649   *	that don't have a netdev (u64)
1650   *
1651   * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses)
1652   *
1653   * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
1654   *	16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
1655   *	keys
1656   * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
1657   * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
1658   *	section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
1659   * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
1660   *	CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
1661   * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key
1662   * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the
1663   *	default management key
1664   * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or
1665   *	other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used
1666   * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or
1667   *	other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used
1668   *
1669   * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU
1670   * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing
1671   * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE
1672   * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE
1673   *
1674   * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16)
1675   * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1676   *	&enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2)
1677   * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by
1678   *	IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16).
1679   * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported
1680   *	rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1681   *	restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1682   * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station
1683   *	to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to.
1684   * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info
1685   *	given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing
1686   *	info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info.
1687   *
1688   * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands,
1689   *	consisting of a nested array.
1690   *
1691   * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes).
1692   * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link
1693   *	(see &enum nl80211_plink_action).
1694   * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path.
1695   * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path
1696   * 	info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at
1697   *	&enum nl80211_mpath_info.
1698   *
1699   * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1700   *      &enum nl80211_mntr_flags.
1701   *
1702   * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the
1703   * 	current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to.
1704   * 	For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel
1705   * 	to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can
1706   * 	also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set
1707   * 	regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the
1708   * 	IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country.
1709   * 	Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain
1710   * 	to a specific alpha2.
1711   * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory
1712   *	rules.
1713   *
1714   * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1)
1715   * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
1716   *	(u8, 0 or 1)
1717   * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled
1718   *	(u8, 0 or 1)
1719   * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic
1720   *	rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1721   *	restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1722   *
1723   * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from
1724   *	association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
1725   *
1726   * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all
1727   *	supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number
1728   *	of the interface mode.
1729   *
1730   * @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for
1731   *	%NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE.
1732   *
1733   * @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with
1734   *	%NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE).
1735   *
1736   * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with
1737   *	a single scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1738   * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can
1739   *	scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1740   * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements
1741   *	that can be added to a scan request
1742   * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information
1743   *	elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request
1744   * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be
1745   *	used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute.
1746   *
1747   * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz)
1748   * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive
1749   *	scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan
1750   * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS
1751   *
1752   * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain
1753   * 	currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_*
1754   * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently
1755   * 	set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*)
1756   *
1757   * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies
1758   *	an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number)
1759   *	that the driver for the given wiphy supports.
1760   *
1761   * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header
1762   *	and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and
1763   *	NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events
1764   * @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets)
1765   * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type,
1766   *	represented as a u32
1767   * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and
1768   *	%NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16
1769   *
1770   * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as
1771   *	a u32
1772   *
1773   * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1774   * 	due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1775   * 	the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This
1776   * 	attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1777   * 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1778   * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1779   * 	due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1780   * 	the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This
1781   * 	attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1782   * 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1783   *
1784   * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported
1785   *	cipher suites
1786   *
1787   * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look
1788   *	for other networks on different channels
1789   *
1790   * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this
1791   *	is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event
1792   *
1793   * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is
1794   *	used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32);
1795   *	this attribute can be used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and
1796   *	%NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL is not allowed for
1797   *	%NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE since user space SME is expected and hence, it
1798   *	must have decided whether to use management frame protection or not.
1799   *	Setting %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL with a %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request will
1800   *	let the driver (or the firmware) decide whether to use MFP or not.
1801   *
1802   * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a
1803   *	&struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
1804   *
1805   * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls
1806   *	IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in
1807   *	station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1808   *	request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until
1809   *	authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by
1810   *	default in station mode.
1811   * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the
1812   *	ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be
1813   *	specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not
1814   *	specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This
1815   *	attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to
1816   *	indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported.
1817   * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with
1818   *	%NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom
1819   *	ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted.
1820   * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: A flag indicating whether control
1821   *	port frames (e.g. of type given in %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE)
1822   *	will be sent directly to the network interface or sent via the NL80211
1823   *	socket.  If this attribute is missing, then legacy behavior of sending
1824   *	control port frames directly to the network interface is used.  If the
1825   *	flag is included, then control port frames are sent over NL80211 instead
1826   *	using %CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME.  If control port routing over NL80211 is
1827   *	to be used then userspace must also use the %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
1828   *	flag. When used with %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, pre-auth
1829   *	frames are not forwared over the control port.
1830   *
1831   * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver.
1832   *	We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this.
1833   *
1834   * @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT
1835   *	event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to
1836   *	a local disconnect request.
1837   * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
1838   *	event (u16)
1839   * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating
1840   *	that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to
1841   *	indicate that the BSS is to use protection.
1842   *
1843   * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON
1844   *	to indicate which unicast key ciphers will be used with the connection
1845   *	(an array of u32).
1846   * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1847   *	indicate which group key cipher will be used with the connection (a
1848   *	u32).
1849   * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1850   *	indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using
1851   *	(a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions).
1852   * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1853   *	indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32).
1854   *	This attribute is also sent in response to @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY,
1855   *	indicating the supported AKM suites, intended for specific drivers which
1856   *	implement SME and have constraints on which AKMs are supported and also
1857   *	the cases where an AKM support is offloaded to the driver/firmware.
1858   *	If there is no such notification from the driver, user space should
1859   *	assume the driver supports all the AKM suites.
1860   *
1861   * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as
1862   *	sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1863   * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as
1864   *	sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1865   *
1866   * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT
1867   *	commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use
1868   *	Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the
1869   *	Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is
1870   *	used for the initial association to an ESS.
1871   *
1872   * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with
1873   *	%NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1874   * @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect()
1875   *	and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each
1876   *	with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1877   *
1878   * @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace.
1879   *
1880   * @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for
1881   *	dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being
1882   *	dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has
1883   *	obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that
1884   *	all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it
1885   *	changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated
1886   *	completely from scratch.
1887   *
1888   * @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface
1889   *
1890   * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of
1891   *      the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute
1892   *      containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info.
1893   *
1894   * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching.
1895   * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can
1896   *	cache, a wiphy attribute.
1897   *
1898   * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32.
1899   * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that
1900   *	specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the
1901   *	remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32.
1902   *
1903   * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects.
1904   *
1905   * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes
1906   *	(enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The
1907   *	enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested
1908   *	data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all
1909   *	rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute
1910   *	is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK and with starting AP,
1911   *	and joining mesh networks (not IBSS yet). In the later case, it must
1912   *	specify just a single bitrate, which is to be used for the beacon.
1913   *	The driver must also specify support for this with the extended
1914   *	features NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
1915   *	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT,
1916   *	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT and
1917   *	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE.
1918   *
1919   * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain
1920   *	at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME.
1921   * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the
1922   *	@NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command.
1923   * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1924   *	nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1925   *	information about which frame types can be transmitted with
1926   *	%NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
1927   * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1928   *	nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1929   *	information about which frame types can be registered for RX.
1930   *
1931   * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was
1932   *	acknowledged by the recipient.
1933   *
1934   * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values.
1935   *
1936   * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a
1937   *	nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes.
1938   *
1939   * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command
1940   *	is requesting a local authentication/association state change without
1941   *	invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with
1942   *	NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1943   *	NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
1944   *
1945   * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations
1946   *	connected to this BSS.
1947   *
1948   * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See
1949   *      &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values.
1950   * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units.
1951   *      This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING
1952   *      for non-automatic settings.
1953   *
1954   * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly
1955   *	means support for per-station GTKs.
1956   *
1957   * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting.
1958   *	This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1959   *	not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this
1960   *	bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna.
1961   *
1962   *	Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first
1963   *	bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n
1964   *	drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to
1965   *	a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if
1966   *	a chain has diversity antennas wether diversity should be used or not.
1967   *	HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be
1968   *	derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask.
1969   *	Non-802.11n drivers can derive wether to use diversity or not.
1970   *	Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot
1971   *	support by returning -EINVAL.
1972   *
1973   * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving.
1974   *	This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1975   *	not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap
1976   *	the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna.
1977   *	For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX.
1978   *
1979   * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
1980   *	for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters.
1981   *
1982   * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
1983   *	for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters.
1984   *
1985   * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS
1986   *
1987   * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be
1988   *	transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match
1989   *	the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this
1990   *	flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an
1991   *	nl80211 capability flag.
1992   *
1993   * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16)
1994   *
1995   * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
1996   *	attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
1997   *	See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
1998   *
1999   * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters.  These cannot be
2000   *	changed once the mesh is active.
2001   * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute
2002   *	containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params.
2003   * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver
2004   *	allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via
2005   *	the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag.
2006   * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in
2007   *	&enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link
2008   *	management state machine.  @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or
2009   *	@NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled.
2010   *
2011   * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy
2012   *	capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers
2013   * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to
2014   *	indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also
2015   *	used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN
2016   *	triggers.
2017   *
2018   * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan
2019   *	cycles, in msecs.
2020   *
2021   * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more
2022   *	sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans.  Only BSSs
2023   *	that match any of the sets will be reported.  These are
2024   *	pass-thru filter rules.
2025   *	For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a
2026   *	set.  Since not every hardware supports matching all types of
2027   *	attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are
2028   *	fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be
2029   *	able to ignore them by itself.
2030   *	Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but
2031   *	this is only an optimization and the userspace application
2032   *	needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway.
2033   *	If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with
2034   *	the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID
2035   *	is included in the probe request, but the match attributes
2036   *	will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned.
2037   *	If omitted, no filtering is done.
2038   *
2039   * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported
2040   *	interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes
2041   *	defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
2042   * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like
2043   *	%NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that
2044   *	are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to
2045   *	any restrictions in their number or combinations.
2046   *
2047   * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information
2048   *	necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data.
2049   *
2050   * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan,
2051   *	nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry
2052   *	being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but
2053   *	without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
2054   *
2055   * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon
2056   *	and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see
2057   *	&enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32
2058   *
2059   * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame.
2060   *	This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to
2061   *	provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the
2062   *	driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames.
2063   * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association
2064   *	Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and
2065   *	%NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into
2066   *	(Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to
2067   *	(Re)Association Request frames.
2068   *
2069   * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration
2070   *	of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr.
2071   * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working
2072   *	as AP.
2073   *
2074   * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of
2075   *	roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low.
2076   *
2077   * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching
2078   *	candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr.
2079   *
2080   * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not
2081   *	for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action
2082   *	frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space
2083   *	applications use this attribute.
2084   *	This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and
2085   *	%NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands.
2086   *
2087   * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup
2088   *	request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are
2089   *	described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification.
2090   * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a
2091   *	TDLS conversation between two devices.
2092   * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see
2093   *	&enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8.
2094   * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate
2095   *	as a TDLS peer sta.
2096   * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown
2097   *	procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via
2098   *	%NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be
2099   *	used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation.
2100   *
2101   * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices
2102   *	that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated
2103   *	with support for the features listed in this attribute, see
2104   *	&enum nl80211_ap_sme_features.
2105   *
2106   * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells
2107   *	the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this,
2108   *	it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is
2109   *	mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime.
2110   *
2111   * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from
2112   *	&enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information.
2113   * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe
2114   *	requests while operating in AP-mode.
2115   *	This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for
2116   *	offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr).
2117   *
2118   * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire
2119   *	probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out,
2120   *	to be filled by the FW.
2121   * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT: Force HT capable interfaces to disable
2122   *      this feature during association. This is a flag attribute.
2123   *	Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers.
2124   * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT: Force VHT capable interfaces to disable
2125   *      this feature during association. This is a flag attribute.
2126   *	Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers.
2127   * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HE: Force HE capable interfaces to disable
2128   *      this feature during association. This is a flag attribute.
2129   *	Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers.
2130   * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the
2131   *      ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid.
2132   *      Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature.
2133   *      The values that may be configured are:
2134   *       MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40
2135   *       AMPDU density and AMPDU factor.
2136   *      All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored
2137   *      by the driver as required.  The actual values may be seen in
2138   *      the station debugfs ht_caps file.
2139   *
2140   * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country
2141   *    abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps
2142   *    to one DFS region.
2143   *
2144   * @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of
2145   *      up to 16 TIDs.
2146   *
2147   * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be
2148   *	used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support
2149   *	to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the station entry from
2150   *	the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the
2151   *	capability to timeout the stations.
2152   *
2153   * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int);
2154   *	this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to
2155   *	received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
2156   *
2157   * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds
2158   *      or 0 to disable background scan.
2159   *
2160   * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from
2161   *	userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from
2162   *	a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source
2163   *	was used to provide the hint. For the different types of
2164   *	allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type.
2165   *
2166   * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected
2167   *	the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason
2168   *	enum has different reasons of connection failure.
2169   *
2170   * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA: Fields and elements in Authentication frames.
2171   *	This contains the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data),
2172   *	excluding the Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the
2173   *	Authentication transaction sequence number field. It is used with
2174   *	authentication algorithms that need special fields to be added into
2175   *	the frames (SAE and FILS). Currently, only the SAE cases use the
2176   *	initial two fields (Authentication transaction sequence number and
2177   *	Status code). However, those fields are included in the attribute data
2178   *	for all authentication algorithms to keep the attribute definition
2179   *	consistent.
2180   *
2181   * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from
2182   *	association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
2183   *
2184   * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32)
2185   *
2186   * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with
2187   *	the START_AP and SET_BSS commands
2188   * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the
2189   *	START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1;
2190   *	if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS
2191   *	no change is made.
2192   *
2193   * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
2194   *	defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode.
2195   *
2196   * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy,
2197   *	carried in a u32 attribute
2198   *
2199   * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for
2200   *	MAC ACL.
2201   *
2202   * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum
2203   *	number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC
2204   *	ACL.
2205   *
2206   * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace,
2207   *	contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32).
2208   *
2209   * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver
2210   *	has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See
2211   *	802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information.
2212   * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver
2213   *	has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields.
2214   *
2215   * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to
2216   *	the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD).
2217   *
2218   * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are
2219   *	advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations
2220   *	and PU-APSD.
2221   *
2222   * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see
2223   *	&enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32.
2224   *
2225   * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports
2226   *	receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple
2227   *	messages, given with wiphy dump message
2228   *
2229   * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier
2230   *
2231   * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information
2232   *	Element
2233   *
2234   * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased
2235   *	reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16).
2236   * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which
2237   *      the connection should have increased reliability (u16).
2238   *
2239   * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16).
2240   *	This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being
2241   *	allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to
2242   *	update a TDLS peer STA entry.
2243   *
2244   * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information.
2245   *
2246   * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's
2247   *	until the channel switch event.
2248   * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission
2249   *	must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch
2250   *	operation). Also included in the channel switch started event if quiet
2251   *	was requested by the AP.
2252   * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information
2253   *	for the time while performing a channel switch.
2254   * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
2255   *	switch or color change counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL).
2256   * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
2257   *	switch or color change counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP).
2258   *
2259   * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32.
2260   *	As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags.
2261   *
2262   * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels.
2263   *
2264   * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported
2265   *      operating classes.
2266   *
2267   * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space
2268   *	controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in
2269   *	%NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS
2270   *	channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required
2271   *	to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the
2272   *	IBSS network.
2273   *
2274   * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
2275   *	5 MHz channel bandwidth.
2276   * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
2277   *	10 MHz channel bandwidth.
2278   *
2279   * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode
2280   *	Notification Element based on association request when used with
2281   *	%NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION or %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION (only when
2282   *	%NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE is supported, or with TDLS);
2283   *	u8 attribute.
2284   *
2285   * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if
2286   *	%NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet)
2287   * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command
2288   * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this
2289   *	attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement
2290   * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy
2291   *	info, containing a nested array of possible events
2292   *
2293   * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This
2294   *	data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element
2295   *	in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97.
2296   *
2297   * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS
2298   * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS
2299   *
2300   * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many
2301   *	associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32.
2302   *	Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g.,
2303   *	other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to
2304   *	advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt
2305   *	to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail.
2306   *
2307   * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which
2308   *	should be updated when the frame is transmitted.
2309   * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum
2310   *	supported number of csa counters.
2311   *
2312   * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32.
2313   *	As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability.
2314   *
2315   * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface
2316   *	creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket
2317   *	that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed.
2318   *	If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be
2319   *	owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will
2320   *	be stopped when the socket is closed.
2321   *	If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the
2322   *	regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket
2323   *	that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be
2324   *	cleared when the socket is closed.
2325   *	If set during NAN interface creation, the interface will be destroyed
2326   *	if the socket is closed just like any other interface. Moreover, NAN
2327   *	notifications will be sent in unicast to that socket. Without this
2328   *	attribute, the notifications will be sent to the %NL80211_MCGRP_NAN
2329   *	multicast group.
2330   *	If set during %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the
2331   *	station will deauthenticate when the socket is closed.
2332   *	If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS the IBSS will be automatically
2333   *	torn down when the socket is closed.
2334   *	If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH the mesh setup will be
2335   *	automatically torn down when the socket is closed.
2336   *	If set during %NL80211_CMD_START_AP the AP will be automatically
2337   *	disabled when the socket is closed.
2338   *
2339   * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is
2340   *	the TDLS link initiator.
2341   *
2342   * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection
2343   *	shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be
2344   *	used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests.
2345   *	User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the
2346   *	underlying device supports these minimal RRM features:
2347   *		%NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES,
2348   *		%NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET,
2349   *	Or, if global RRM is supported, see:
2350   *		%NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM
2351   *	If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the
2352   *	association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability
2353   *	flag in the association request's Capability Info field.
2354   *
2355   * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout
2356   *	estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack
2357   *	%NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower
2358   *	drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled
2359   *	setting valid value for coverage class.
2360   *
2361   * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute)
2362   * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute)
2363   * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds
2364   *	(per second) (u16 attribute)
2365   *
2366   * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see
2367   *	&enum nl80211_smps_mode.
2368   *
2369   * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class
2370   *
2371   * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask
2372   *
2373   * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device
2374   *	is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain
2375   *	obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global
2376   *	cfg80211 regdomain.
2377   *
2378   * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte
2379   *	array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum
2380   *	nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the
2381   *	least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0
2382   *	is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1
2383   *	of byte 3 (u8 array).
2384   *
2385   * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be
2386   *	returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY
2387   *	may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio
2388   *	statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.)
2389   *	For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information
2390   *	should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters
2391   *	over all channels.
2392   *
2393   * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a
2394   *	scheduled scan is started.  Or the delay before a WoWLAN
2395   *	net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the
2396   *	system is suspended.  This value is a u32, in seconds.
2397  
2398   * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device
2399   *      is operating in an indoor environment.
2400   *
2401   * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for
2402   *	scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2403   * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for
2404   *	a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2405   * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in
2406   *	a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2407   * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan.
2408   *	Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval
2409   *	between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely,
2410   *	thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval
2411   *	between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially.
2412   *	Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan.
2413   * @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate
2414   *	in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request
2415   *	connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start
2416   *	a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only.
2417   * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the
2418   *	BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains
2419   *	attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what
2420   *	BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
2421   *	it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for
2422   *	BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware.
2423   *
2424   * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported
2425   *	or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status
2426   *
2427   * @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
2428   *
2429   * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes:
2430   *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
2431   *	%NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities and
2432   *	other interface-type specific capabilities per interface type. For MLO,
2433   *	%NL80211_ATTR_EML_CAPABILITY and %NL80211_ATTR_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS are
2434   *	present.
2435   *
2436   * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA: array of 24 bytes that defines a MU-MIMO
2437   *	groupID for monitor mode.
2438   *	The first 8 bytes are a mask that defines the membership in each
2439   *	group (there are 64 groups, group 0 and 63 are reserved),
2440   *	each bit represents a group and set to 1 for being a member in
2441   *	that group and 0 for not being a member.
2442   *	The remaining 16 bytes define the position in each group: 2 bits for
2443   *	each group.
2444   *	(smaller group numbers represented on most significant bits and bigger
2445   *	group numbers on least significant bits.)
2446   *	This attribute is used only if all interfaces are in monitor mode.
2447   *	Set this attribute in order to monitor packets using the given MU-MIMO
2448   *	groupID data.
2449   *	to turn off that feature set all the bits of the groupID to zero.
2450   * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR: mac address for the sniffer to follow
2451   *	when using MU-MIMO air sniffer.
2452   *	to turn that feature off set an invalid mac address
2453   *	(e.g. FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF)
2454   *
2455   * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF: The time at which the scan was actually
2456   *	started (u64). The time is the TSF of the BSS the interface that
2457   *	requested the scan is connected to (if available, otherwise this
2458   *	attribute must not be included).
2459   * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID: The BSS according to which
2460   *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF is set.
2461   * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION: measurement duration in TUs (u16). If
2462   *	%NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY is not set, this is the
2463   *	maximum measurement duration allowed. This attribute is used with
2464   *	measurement requests. It can also be used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN
2465   *	if the scan is used for beacon report radio measurement.
2466   * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY: flag attribute that indicates
2467   *	that the duration specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION is
2468   *	mandatory. If this flag is not set, the duration is the maximum duration
2469   *	and the actual measurement duration may be shorter.
2470   *
2471   * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID: Association ID for the mesh peer (u16). This is
2472   *	used to pull the stored data for mesh peer in power save state.
2473   *
2474   * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF: the master preference to be used by
2475   *	%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with
2476   *	%NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. Its type is u8 and it can't be 0.
2477   *	Also, values 1 and 255 are reserved for certification purposes and
2478   *	should not be used during a normal device operation.
2479   * @NL80211_ATTR_BANDS: operating bands configuration.  This is a u32
2480   *	bitmask of BIT(NL80211_BAND_*) as described in %enum
2481   *	nl80211_band.  For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0
2482   *	would be set.  This attribute is used with
2483   *	%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, and
2484   *	it is optional.  If no bands are set, it means don't-care and
2485   *	the device will decide what to use.
2486   * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC: a function that can be added to NAN. See
2487   *	&enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes for description of this nested
2488   *	attribute.
2489   * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH: used to report a match. This is a nested attribute.
2490   *	See &enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes.
2491   * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK: KEK for FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frame
2492   *	protection.
2493   * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES: Nonces (part of AAD) for FILS (Re)Association
2494   *	Request/Response frame protection. This attribute contains the 16 octet
2495   *	STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce.
2496   *
2497   * @NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED: Indicates whether or not multicast
2498   *	packets should be send out as unicast to all stations (flag attribute).
2499   *
2500   * @NL80211_ATTR_BSSID: The BSSID of the AP. Note that %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is also
2501   *	used in various commands/events for specifying the BSSID.
2502   *
2503   * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: Relative RSSI threshold by which
2504   *	other BSSs has to be better or slightly worse than the current
2505   *	connected BSS so that they get reported to user space.
2506   *	This will give an opportunity to userspace to consider connecting to
2507   *	other matching BSSs which have better or slightly worse RSSI than
2508   *	the current connected BSS by using an offloaded operation to avoid
2509   *	unnecessary wakeups.
2510   *
2511   * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for BSSs in
2512   *	the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
2513   *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI based comparison to figure out
2514   *	better BSSs. The attribute value is a packed structure
2515   *	value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
2516   *
2517   * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON: The reason for which an operation timed out.
2518   *	u32 attribute with an &enum nl80211_timeout_reason value. This is used,
2519   *	e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event.
2520   *
2521   * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP)
2522   *	username part of NAI used to refer keys rRK and rIK. This is used with
2523   *	%NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2524   *
2525   * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) realm part
2526   *	of NAI specifying the domain name of the ER server. This is used with
2527   *	%NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2528   *
2529   * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM: Unsigned 16-bit ERP next sequence number
2530   *	to use in ERP messages. This is used in generating the FILS wrapped data
2531   *	for FILS authentication and is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2532   *
2533   * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) for the
2534   *	NAI specified by %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME and
2535   *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM. This is used for generating rIK and rMSK
2536   *	from successful FILS authentication and is used with
2537   *	%NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2538   *
2539   * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID: A 2-octet identifier advertized by a FILS AP
2540   *	identifying the scope of PMKSAs. This is used with
2541   *	@NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA.
2542   *
2543   * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK: attribute for passing PMK key material. Used with
2544   *	%NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA for the PMKSA identified by %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID.
2545   *	For %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP it is used to provide
2546   *	PSK for offloading 4-way handshake for WPA/WPA2-PSK networks. For 802.1X
2547   *	authentication it is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT
2548   *	support this attribute specifies the PMK-R0 if NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME
2549   *	is included as well.
2550   *
2551   * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI: flag attribute which user-space shall use to
2552   *	indicate that it supports multiple active scheduled scan requests.
2553   * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS: indicates maximum number of scheduled
2554   *	scan request that may be active for the device (u32).
2555   *
2556   * @NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS: flag attribute which user-space can include
2557   *	in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to indicate that for 802.1X authentication it
2558   *	wants to use the supported offload of the 4-way handshake.
2559   * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME: PMK-R0 Name for offloaded FT.
2560   * @NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED: (reserved)
2561   *
2562   * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION: Identify the requested external
2563   *     authentication operation (u32 attribute with an
2564   *     &enum nl80211_external_auth_action value). This is used with the
2565   *     %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH request event.
2566   * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: Flag attribute indicating that the user
2567   *	space supports external authentication. This attribute shall be used
2568   *	with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request. The driver
2569   *	may offload authentication processing to user space if this capability
2570   *	is indicated in the respective requests from the user space. (This flag
2571   *	attribute deprecated for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP, use
2572   *	%NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS)
2573   *
2574   * @NL80211_ATTR_NSS: Station's New/updated  RX_NSS value notified using this
2575   *	u8 attribute. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED.
2576   *
2577   * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS: TXQ statistics (nested attribute, see &enum
2578   *      nl80211_txq_stats)
2579   * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT: Total packet limit for the TXQ queues for this phy.
2580   *      The smaller of this and the memory limit is enforced.
2581   * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: Total memory limit (in bytes) for the
2582   *      TXQ queues for this phy. The smaller of this and the packet limit is
2583   *      enforced.
2584   * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum (bytes). Number of bytes
2585   *      a flow is assigned on each round of the DRR scheduler.
2586   * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY: HE Capability information element (from
2587   *	association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set
2588   *	only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set.
2589   *
2590   * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER: nested attribute which user-space can include
2591   *	in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON for fine timing
2592   *	measurement (FTM) responder functionality and containing parameters as
2593   *	possible, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attr
2594   *
2595   * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Nested attribute with FTM responder
2596   *	statistics, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats.
2597   *
2598   * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT: Timeout for the given operation in milliseconds (u32),
2599   *	if the attribute is not given no timeout is requested. Note that 0 is an
2600   *	invalid value.
2601   *
2602   * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS: peer measurements request (and result)
2603   *	data, uses nested attributes specified in
2604   *	&enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs.
2605   *	This is also used for capability advertisement in the wiphy information,
2606   *	with the appropriate sub-attributes.
2607   *
2608   * @NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: Station's weight when scheduled by the airtime
2609   *	scheduler.
2610   *
2611   * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type (u8) for
2612   *	station associated with the AP. See &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for
2613   *	possible values.
2614   * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER: Transmit power level (s16) in dBm units. This
2615   *	allows to set Tx power for a station. If this attribute is not included,
2616   *	the default per-interface tx power setting will be overriding. Driver
2617   *	should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx power per-interface
2618   *	or per-station.
2619   *
2620   * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD: attribute for passing SAE password material. It
2621   *	is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to provide password for offloading
2622   *	SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks.
2623   *
2624   * @NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER: Enable target wait time responder support.
2625   *
2626   * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD: nested attribute for OBSS Packet Detection
2627   *	functionality.
2628   *
2629   * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz
2630   *	channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions.
2631   *	Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251. (u8 attribute)
2632   * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
2633   *	the allowed channel bandwidth configurations. (u8 attribute)
2634   *	Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13.
2635   *
2636   * @NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID: VLAN ID (1..4094) for the station and VLAN group key
2637   *	(u16).
2638   *
2639   * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR: nested attribute for BSS Color Settings.
2640   *
2641   * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES: nested array attribute, with each entry
2642   *	using attributes from &enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes. This
2643   *	attribute is sent in a response to %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY indicating
2644   *	supported AKM suites capability per interface. AKMs advertised in
2645   *	%NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES are default capabilities if AKM suites not
2646   *	advertised for a specific interface type.
2647   *
2648   * @NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG: TID specific configuration in a
2649   *	nested attribute with &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr sub-attributes;
2650   *	on output (in wiphy attributes) it contains only the feature sub-
2651   *	attributes.
2652   *
2653   * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: disable preauth frame rx on control
2654   *	port in order to forward/receive them as ordinary data frames.
2655   *
2656   * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds (u32,
2657   *	dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold; 0 is not a valid value).
2658   *	An optional parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA.
2659   *	Drivers that trigger roaming need to know the lifetime of the
2660   *	configured PMKSA for triggering the full vs. PMKSA caching based
2661   *	authentication. This timeout helps authentication methods like SAE,
2662   *	where PMK gets updated only by going through a full (new SAE)
2663   *	authentication instead of getting updated during an association for EAP
2664   *	authentication. No new full authentication within the PMK expiry shall
2665   *	result in a disassociation at the end of the lifetime.
2666   *
2667   * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD: Reauthentication threshold time, in
2668   *	terms of percentage of %NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME
2669   *	(u8, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold, 1..100). This is an optional
2670   *	parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA. Requests the
2671   *	driver to trigger a full authentication roam (without PMKSA caching)
2672   *	after the reauthentication threshold time, but before the PMK lifetime
2673   *	has expired.
2674   *
2675   *	Authentication methods like SAE need to be able to generate a new PMKSA
2676   *	entry without having to force a disconnection after the PMK timeout. If
2677   *	no roaming occurs between the reauth threshold and PMK expiration,
2678   *	disassociation is still forced.
2679   * @NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST: multicast flag for the
2680   *	%NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command, see the description there.
2681   * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET: offset of the associated
2682   *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ in positive KHz. Only valid when supplied with
2683   *	an %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET.
2684   * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET: Center frequency offset in KHz for the
2685   *	first channel segment specified in %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1.
2686   * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: nested attribute with KHz frequencies
2687   *
2688   * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY: HE 6 GHz Band Capability element (from
2689   *	association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION).
2690   *
2691   * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY: Optional parameter to configure FILS
2692   *	discovery. It is a nested attribute, see
2693   *	&enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes.
2694   *
2695   * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Optional parameter to configure
2696   *	unsolicited broadcast probe response. It is a nested attribute, see
2697   *	&enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes.
2698   *
2699   * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY: S1G Capability information element (from
2700   *	association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
2701   * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK: S1G Capability Information element
2702   *	override mask. Used with NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY in
2703   *	NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2704   *
2705   * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PWE: Indicates the mechanism(s) allowed for SAE PWE
2706   *	derivation in WPA3-Personal networks which are using SAE authentication.
2707   *	This is a u8 attribute that encapsulates one of the values from
2708   *	&enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism.
2709   *
2710   * @NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC: SAR power limitation specification when
2711   *	used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS. The message contains fields
2712   *	of %nl80211_sar_attrs which specifies the sar type and related
2713   *	sar specs. Sar specs contains array of %nl80211_sar_specs_attrs.
2714   *
2715   * @NL80211_ATTR_RECONNECT_REQUESTED: flag attribute, used with deauth and
2716   *	disassoc events to indicate that an immediate reconnect to the AP
2717   *	is desired.
2718   *
2719   * @NL80211_ATTR_OBSS_COLOR_BITMAP: bitmap of the u64 BSS colors for the
2720   *	%NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION event.
2721   *
2722   * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COUNT: u8 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's
2723   *	until the color switch event.
2724   * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COLOR: u8 attribute specifying the color that we are
2725   *	switching to
2726   * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_ELEMS: Nested set of attributes containing the IE
2727   *	information for the time while performing a color switch.
2728   *
2729   * @NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG: Nested attribute for multiple BSSID
2730   *	advertisements (MBSSID) parameters in AP mode.
2731   *	Kernel uses this attribute to indicate the driver's support for MBSSID
2732   *	and enhanced multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA AP) to the userspace.
2733   *	Userspace should use this attribute to configure per interface MBSSID
2734   *	parameters.
2735   *	See &enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes for details.
2736   *
2737   * @NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS: Nested parameter to pass multiple BSSID elements.
2738   *	Mandatory parameter for the transmitting interface to enable MBSSID.
2739   *	Optional for the non-transmitting interfaces.
2740   *
2741   * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_BACKGROUND: Configure dedicated offchannel chain
2742   *	available for radar/CAC detection on some hw. This chain can't be used
2743   *	to transmit or receive frames and it is bounded to a running wdev.
2744   *	Background radar/CAC detection allows to avoid the CAC downtime
2745   *	switching on a different channel during CAC detection on the selected
2746   *	radar channel.
2747   *
2748   * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS: u32 attribute contains ap settings flags,
2749   *	enumerated in &enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags. This attribute shall be
2750   *	used with %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request.
2751   *
2752   * @NL80211_ATTR_EHT_CAPABILITY: EHT Capability information element (from
2753   *	association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set
2754   *	only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set.
2755   *
2756   * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID: A (u8) link ID for use with MLO, to be used with
2757   *	various commands that need a link ID to operate.
2758   * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS: A nested array of links, each containing some
2759   *	per-link information and a link ID.
2760   * @NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR: An MLD address, used with various commands such as
2761   *	authenticate/associate.
2762   *
2763   * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT: Flag attribute to indicate user space supports MLO
2764   *	connection. Used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. If this attribute is not
2765   *	included in NL80211_CMD_CONNECT drivers must not perform MLO connection.
2766   *
2767   * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES: U16 attribute. Indicates maximum number of
2768   *	AKM suites allowed for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and
2769   *	%NL80211_CMD_START_AP in %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY response. If this
2770   *	attribute is not present userspace shall consider maximum number of AKM
2771   *	suites allowed as %NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES which is the legacy maximum
2772   *	number prior to the introduction of this attribute.
2773   *
2774   * @NL80211_ATTR_EML_CAPABILITY: EML Capability information (u16)
2775   * @NL80211_ATTR_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS: MLD Capabilities and Operations (u16)
2776   *
2777   * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP: Hardware timestamp for TX operation in
2778   *	nanoseconds (u64). This is the device clock timestamp so it will
2779   *	probably reset when the device is stopped or the firmware is reset.
2780   *	When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, indicates the frame TX
2781   *	timestamp. When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME RX notification, indicates
2782   *	the ack TX timestamp.
2783   * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP: Hardware timestamp for RX operation in
2784   *	nanoseconds (u64). This is the device clock timestamp so it will
2785   *	probably reset when the device is stopped or the firmware is reset.
2786   *	When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, indicates the ack RX
2787   *	timestamp. When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME RX notification, indicates
2788   *	the incoming frame RX timestamp.
2789   * @NL80211_ATTR_TD_BITMAP: Transition Disable bitmap, for subsequent
2790   *	(re)associations.
2791   *
2792   * @NL80211_ATTR_PUNCT_BITMAP: (u32) Preamble puncturing bitmap, lowest
2793   *	bit corresponds to the lowest 20 MHz channel. Each bit set to 1
2794   *	indicates that the sub-channel is punctured. Higher 16 bits are
2795   *	reserved.
2796   *
2797   * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available
2798   * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined
2799   * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2800   * @__NL80211_ATTR_MAX_IMPLEMENTED: Internal use only, assign it with new max
2801   *	implemented attribute if NL80211_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_* attributes
2802   *	enabled while backporting upstream UAPI changes.
2803   */
2804  enum nl80211_attrs {
2805  /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
2806  	NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC,
2807  
2808  	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY,
2809  	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
2810  
2811  	NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
2812  	NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME,
2813  	NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE,
2814  
2815  	NL80211_ATTR_MAC,
2816  
2817  	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
2818  	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX,
2819  	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
2820  	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ,
2821  	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
2822  
2823  	NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
2824  	NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD,
2825  	NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD,
2826  	NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL,
2827  
2828  	NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID,
2829  	NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS,
2830  	NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL,
2831  	NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES,
2832  	NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN,
2833  	NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO,
2834  
2835  	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS,
2836  
2837  	NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS,
2838  
2839  	NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID,
2840  	NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION,
2841  	NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP,
2842  	NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO,
2843  
2844  	NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT,
2845  	NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
2846  	NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
2847  
2848  	NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY,
2849  
2850  	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES,
2851  
2852  	NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2,
2853  	NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES,
2854  
2855  	NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG,
2856  
2857  	NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES,
2858  
2859  	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS,
2860  	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
2861  	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE,
2862  
2863  	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
2864  
2865  	NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE,
2866  	NL80211_ATTR_IE,
2867  
2868  	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS,
2869  
2870  	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
2871  	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS,
2872  	NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */
2873  	NL80211_ATTR_BSS,
2874  
2875  	NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR,
2876  	NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE,
2877  
2878  	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS,
2879  
2880  	NL80211_ATTR_FRAME,
2881  	NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
2882  	NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE,
2883  	NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE,
2884  
2885  	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE,
2886  
2887  	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN,
2888  	NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES,
2889  
2890  	NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE,
2891  	NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER,
2892  
2893  	NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED,
2894  
2895  
2896  	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT,
2897  	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG,
2898  	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD,
2899  	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD,
2900  
2901  	NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT,
2902  
2903  	NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP,
2904  
2905  	NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2,
2906  
2907  	NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
2908  
2909  	NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA,
2910  
2911  	NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
2912  
2913  	NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP,
2914  	NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE,
2915  
2916  	NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE,
2917  	NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP,
2918  	NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
2919  	NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES,
2920  
2921  	NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE,
2922  	NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE,
2923  
2924  	NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID,
2925  
2926  	NL80211_ATTR_KEY,
2927  	NL80211_ATTR_KEYS,
2928  
2929  	NL80211_ATTR_PID,
2930  
2931  	NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR,
2932  
2933  	NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO,
2934  
2935  	NL80211_ATTR_PMKID,
2936  	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS,
2937  
2938  	NL80211_ATTR_DURATION,
2939  
2940  	NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE,
2941  
2942  	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS,
2943  
2944  	NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES,
2945  
2946  	NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH,
2947  
2948  	NL80211_ATTR_ACK,
2949  
2950  	NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE,
2951  
2952  	NL80211_ATTR_CQM,
2953  
2954  	NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE,
2955  
2956  	NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE,
2957  
2958  	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING,
2959  	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL,
2960  
2961  	NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES,
2962  	NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES,
2963  	NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE,
2964  
2965  	NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
2966  	NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
2967  
2968  	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN,
2969  
2970  	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX,
2971  	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX,
2972  
2973  	NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE,
2974  
2975  	NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK,
2976  
2977  	NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE,
2978  
2979  	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
2980  
2981  	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION,
2982  
2983  	NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP,
2984  
2985  	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX,
2986  	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX,
2987  
2988  	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH,
2989  	NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE,
2990  
2991  	NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS,
2992  	NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED,
2993  
2994  	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL,
2995  
2996  	NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS,
2997  	NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES,
2998  
2999  	NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA,
3000  
3001  	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS,
3002  	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN,
3003  
3004  	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES,
3005  
3006  	NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID,
3007  
3008  	NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP,
3009  	NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP,
3010  
3011  	NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME,
3012  	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD,
3013  
3014  	NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT,
3015  
3016  	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH,
3017  	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS,
3018  
3019  	NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
3020  
3021  	NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE,
3022  
3023  	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION,
3024  	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN,
3025  	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION,
3026  	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT,
3027  	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP,
3028  
3029  	NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME,
3030  
3031  	NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK,
3032  
3033  	NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS,
3034  
3035  	NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD,
3036  
3037  	NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP,
3038  
3039  	NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION,
3040  
3041  	NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT,
3042  	NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
3043  
3044  	NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP,
3045  
3046  	NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
3047  
3048  	NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM,
3049  
3050  	NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
3051  
3052  	NL80211_ATTR_WDEV,
3053  
3054  	NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE,
3055  
3056  	NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON,
3057  
3058  	NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA,
3059  
3060  	NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY,
3061  
3062  	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS,
3063  
3064  	NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,
3065  	NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1,
3066  	NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2,
3067  
3068  	NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW,
3069  	NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS,
3070  
3071  	NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE,
3072  
3073  	NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY,
3074  
3075  	NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS,
3076  
3077  	NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX,
3078  
3079  	NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT,
3080  
3081  	NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
3082  	NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK,
3083  
3084  	NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY,
3085  	NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY,
3086  
3087  	NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
3088  	NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP,
3089  
3090  	NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT,
3091  	NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
3092  
3093  	NL80211_ATTR_MDID,
3094  	NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC,
3095  
3096  	NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID,
3097  	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION,
3098  
3099  	NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID,
3100  
3101  	NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
3102  
3103  	NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT,
3104  	NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX,
3105  	NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES,
3106  	NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON,
3107  	NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP,
3108  
3109  	NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS,
3110  
3111  	NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS,
3112  
3113  	NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES,
3114  
3115  	NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS,
3116  
3117  	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ,
3118  	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ,
3119  
3120  	NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF,
3121  
3122  	NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID,
3123  	NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD,
3124  	NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
3125  	NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS,
3126  
3127  	NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP,
3128  
3129  	NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT,
3130  	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT,
3131  
3132  	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA,
3133  
3134  	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY,
3135  
3136  	NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER,
3137  
3138  	NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX,
3139  	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS,
3140  
3141  	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR,
3142  
3143  	NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM,
3144  
3145  	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK,
3146  
3147  	NL80211_ATTR_TSID,
3148  	NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO,
3149  	NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME,
3150  
3151  	NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
3152  
3153  	NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS,
3154  
3155  	NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK,
3156  
3157  	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG,
3158  
3159  	NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES,
3160  
3161  	NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS,
3162  
3163  	NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD,
3164  
3165  	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY,
3166  
3167  	NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR,
3168  
3169  	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
3170  	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
3171  	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
3172  	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
3173  
3174  	NL80211_ATTR_PBSS,
3175  
3176  	NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT,
3177  
3178  	NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS,
3179  
3180  	NL80211_ATTR_PAD,
3181  
3182  	NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA,
3183  
3184  	NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA,
3185  	NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR,
3186  
3187  	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF,
3188  	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID,
3189  	NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION,
3190  	NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY,
3191  
3192  	NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID,
3193  
3194  	NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
3195  	NL80211_ATTR_BANDS,
3196  	NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC,
3197  	NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH,
3198  
3199  	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK,
3200  	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES,
3201  
3202  	NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED,
3203  
3204  	NL80211_ATTR_BSSID,
3205  
3206  	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
3207  	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST,
3208  
3209  	NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON,
3210  
3211  	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME,
3212  	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM,
3213  	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM,
3214  	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK,
3215  	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
3216  
3217  	NL80211_ATTR_PMK,
3218  
3219  	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI,
3220  	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS,
3221  
3222  	NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS,
3223  	NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME,
3224  	NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
3225  
3226  	NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION,
3227  	NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT,
3228  
3229  	NL80211_ATTR_NSS,
3230  	NL80211_ATTR_ACK_SIGNAL,
3231  
3232  	NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211,
3233  
3234  	NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS,
3235  	NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT,
3236  	NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT,
3237  	NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM,
3238  
3239  	NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY,
3240  
3241  	NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER,
3242  
3243  	NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS,
3244  
3245  	NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT,
3246  
3247  	NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS,
3248  
3249  	NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT,
3250  	NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING,
3251  	NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER,
3252  
3253  	NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD,
3254  
3255  	NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER,
3256  
3257  	NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD,
3258  
3259  	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS,
3260  	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG,
3261  
3262  	NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID,
3263  
3264  	NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR,
3265  
3266  	NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES,
3267  
3268  	NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG,
3269  
3270  	NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH,
3271  
3272  	NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME,
3273  	NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD,
3274  
3275  	NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST,
3276  	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET,
3277  	NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET,
3278  	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ,
3279  
3280  	NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY,
3281  
3282  	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY,
3283  
3284  	NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
3285  
3286  	NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY,
3287  	NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK,
3288  
3289  	NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PWE,
3290  
3291  	NL80211_ATTR_RECONNECT_REQUESTED,
3292  
3293  	NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC,
3294  
3295  	NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HE,
3296  
3297  	NL80211_ATTR_OBSS_COLOR_BITMAP,
3298  
3299  	NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COUNT,
3300  	NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COLOR,
3301  	NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_ELEMS,
3302  
3303  	NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG,
3304  	NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS,
3305  
3306  	NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_BACKGROUND,
3307  
3308  	NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS,
3309  
3310  	NL80211_ATTR_EHT_CAPABILITY,
3311  
3312  	NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_EHT,
3313  
3314  	NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS,
3315  	NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID,
3316  	NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR,
3317  
3318  	NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT,
3319  
3320  	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES,
3321  
3322  	NL80211_ATTR_EML_CAPABILITY,
3323  	NL80211_ATTR_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS,
3324  
3325  	NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP,
3326  	NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP,
3327  	NL80211_ATTR_TD_BITMAP,
3328  
3329  	NL80211_ATTR_PUNCT_BITMAP,
3330  
3331  	NL80211_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_1,
3332  	NL80211_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_2,
3333  	NL80211_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_3,
3334  	NL80211_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_4,
3335  	NL80211_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_5,
3336  	NL80211_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_6,
3337  	NL80211_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_7,
3338  	NL80211_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_8,
3339  	NL80211_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_9,
3340  	NL80211_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_10,
3341  	NL80211_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_11,
3342  	NL80211_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_12,
3343  	NL80211_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_13,
3344  	NL80211_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_14,
3345  	NL80211_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_15,
3346  	NL80211_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_16,
3347  	NL80211_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_17,
3348  	NL80211_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_18,
3349  	NL80211_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_19,
3350  	NL80211_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_20,
3351  	NL80211_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_21,
3352  	NL80211_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_22,
3353  	NL80211_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_23,
3354  	NL80211_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_24,
3355  	NL80211_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_25,
3356  
3357  	/* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */
3358  
3359  	__NL80211_ATTR_MAX_IMPLEMENTED = NL80211_ATTR_PUNCT_BITMAP,
3360  	__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3361  	NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3362  	NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3363  };
3364  
3365  /* source-level API compatibility */
3366  #define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION
3367  #define	NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG
3368  #define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
3369  #define NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA
3370  #define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON
3371  #define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP
3372  
3373  /*
3374   * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them
3375   * here
3376   */
3377  #define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
3378  #define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY
3379  #define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES
3380  #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS
3381  #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
3382  #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE
3383  #define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE
3384  #define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE
3385  #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR
3386  #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE
3387  #define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME
3388  #define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID
3389  #define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
3390  #define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE
3391  #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE
3392  #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP
3393  #define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS
3394  #define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES
3395  #define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY
3396  #define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS
3397  #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
3398  
3399  #define NL80211_WIPHY_NAME_MAXLEN		64
3400  
3401  #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES			32
3402  #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES		77
3403  #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES		128
3404  #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY	0
3405  #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY	16
3406  #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY	24
3407  #define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN		26
3408  #define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN		12
3409  #define NL80211_HE_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN           16
3410  #define NL80211_HE_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN           54
3411  #define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES		5
3412  
3413  /*
3414   * NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES is obsolete when %NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES
3415   * present in %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY response.
3416   */
3417  #define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES		2
3418  #define NL80211_EHT_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN          13
3419  #define NL80211_EHT_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN          51
3420  
3421  #define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME	10
3422  
3423  /* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */
3424  #define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF		-300
3425  
3426  #define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL		1800
3427  
3428  /**
3429   * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types
3430   *
3431   * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides
3432   * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member
3433   * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member
3434   * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point
3435   * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces
3436   *	are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing
3437   *	AP type interface.
3438   * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface
3439   * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames
3440   * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point
3441   * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client
3442   * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner
3443   * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev
3444   *	and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the
3445   *	%NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE
3446   *	commands to create and destroy one
3447   * @NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS
3448   *	This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true
3449   * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: NAN device interface type (not a netdev)
3450   * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined
3451   * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types
3452   *
3453   * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE
3454   * to set the type of an interface.
3455   *
3456   */
3457  enum nl80211_iftype {
3458  	NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED,
3459  	NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC,
3460  	NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION,
3461  	NL80211_IFTYPE_AP,
3462  	NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN,
3463  	NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS,
3464  	NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR,
3465  	NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT,
3466  	NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT,
3467  	NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO,
3468  	NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE,
3469  	NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB,
3470  	NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN,
3471  
3472  	/* keep last */
3473  	NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES,
3474  	NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1
3475  };
3476  
3477  /**
3478   * enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags
3479   *
3480   * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is
3481   * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.)
3482   *
3483   * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3484   * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X)
3485   * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames
3486   *	with short barker preamble
3487   * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable
3488   * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection
3489   * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated
3490   * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should
3491   *	only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the
3492   *	flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and
3493   *	attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected
3494   *	as errors.)
3495   * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers
3496   *	that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a
3497   *	previously added station into associated state
3498   * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined
3499   * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3500   */
3501  enum nl80211_sta_flags {
3502  	__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID,
3503  	NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED,
3504  	NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
3505  	NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME,
3506  	NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP,
3507  	NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED,
3508  	NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER,
3509  	NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED,
3510  
3511  	/* keep last */
3512  	__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
3513  	NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
3514  };
3515  
3516  /**
3517   * enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS
3518   *
3519   * @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism
3520   * @@NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism
3521   * @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values
3522   */
3523  enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status {
3524  	NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED = 0,
3525  	NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED,
3526  
3527  	NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS,
3528  };
3529  
3530  #define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API	NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER
3531  
3532  /**
3533   * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set
3534   * @mask: mask of station flags to set
3535   * @set: which values to set them to
3536   *
3537   * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags.
3538   */
3539  struct nl80211_sta_flag_update {
3540  	__u32 mask;
3541  	__u32 set;
3542  } __attribute__((packed));
3543  
3544  /**
3545   * enum nl80211_he_gi - HE guard interval
3546   * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec
3547   * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec
3548   * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec
3549   */
3550  enum nl80211_he_gi {
3551  	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8,
3552  	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6,
3553  	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2,
3554  };
3555  
3556  /**
3557   * enum nl80211_he_ltf - HE long training field
3558   * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1xLTF: 3.2 usec
3559   * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2xLTF: 6.4 usec
3560   * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4xLTF: 12.8 usec
3561   */
3562  enum nl80211_he_ltf {
3563  	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1XLTF,
3564  	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2XLTF,
3565  	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4XLTF,
3566  };
3567  
3568  /**
3569   * enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc - HE RU allocation values
3570   * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation
3571   * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation
3572   * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation
3573   * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation
3574   * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation
3575   * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation
3576   * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation
3577   */
3578  enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc {
3579  	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26,
3580  	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52,
3581  	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106,
3582  	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242,
3583  	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484,
3584  	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996,
3585  	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996,
3586  };
3587  
3588  /**
3589   * enum nl80211_eht_gi - EHT guard interval
3590   * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec
3591   * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec
3592   * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec
3593   */
3594  enum nl80211_eht_gi {
3595  	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_0_8,
3596  	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_1_6,
3597  	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_3_2,
3598  };
3599  
3600  /**
3601   * enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc - EHT RU allocation values
3602   * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation
3603   * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation
3604   * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52P26: 52+26-tone RU allocation
3605   * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation
3606   * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106P26: 106+26 tone RU allocation
3607   * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation
3608   * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation
3609   * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484P242: 484+242 tone RU allocation
3610   * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation
3611   * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484: 996+484 tone RU allocation
3612   * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484P242: 996+484+242 tone RU allocation
3613   * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation
3614   * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996P484: 2x996+484 tone RU allocation
3615   * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996: 3x996-tone RU allocation
3616   * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996P484: 3x996+484 tone RU allocation
3617   * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_4x996: 4x996-tone RU allocation
3618   */
3619  enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc {
3620  	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_26,
3621  	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52,
3622  	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52P26,
3623  	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106,
3624  	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106P26,
3625  	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_242,
3626  	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484,
3627  	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484P242,
3628  	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996,
3629  	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484,
3630  	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484P242,
3631  	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996,
3632  	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996P484,
3633  	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996,
3634  	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996P484,
3635  	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_4x996,
3636  };
3637  
3638  /**
3639   * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information
3640   *
3641   * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE
3642   * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
3643   * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents
3644   * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value.
3645   * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported
3646   * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits
3647   * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included.
3648   * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall
3649   * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels.
3650   *
3651   * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3652   * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s)
3653   * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8)
3654   * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate
3655   * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval
3656   * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s)
3657   * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined
3658   * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8)
3659   * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8)
3660   * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate
3661   * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the
3662   *	same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates
3663   * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate
3664   * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is
3665   *	a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
3666   *	half the base (20 MHz) rate
3667   * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is
3668   *	a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
3669   *	a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate
3670   * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS: HE MCS index (u8, 0-11)
3671   * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS: HE NSS value (u8, 1-8)
3672   * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI: HE guard interval identifier
3673   *	(u8, see &enum nl80211_he_gi)
3674   * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM: HE DCM value (u8, 0/1)
3675   * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_RU_ALLOC: HE RU allocation, if not present then
3676   *	non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc)
3677   * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_320_MHZ_WIDTH: 320 MHz bitrate
3678   * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_MCS: EHT MCS index (u8, 0-15)
3679   * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_NSS: EHT NSS value (u8, 1-8)
3680   * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI: EHT guard interval identifier
3681   *	(u8, see &enum nl80211_eht_gi)
3682   * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC: EHT RU allocation, if not present then
3683   *	non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc)
3684   * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3685   */
3686  enum nl80211_rate_info {
3687  	__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID,
3688  	NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE,
3689  	NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS,
3690  	NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH,
3691  	NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI,
3692  	NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32,
3693  	NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS,
3694  	NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS,
3695  	NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH,
3696  	NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH,
3697  	NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH,
3698  	NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH,
3699  	NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH,
3700  	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS,
3701  	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS,
3702  	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI,
3703  	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM,
3704  	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC,
3705  	NL80211_RATE_INFO_320_MHZ_WIDTH,
3706  	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_MCS,
3707  	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_NSS,
3708  	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI,
3709  	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC,
3710  
3711  	/* keep last */
3712  	__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3713  	NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3714  };
3715  
3716  /**
3717   * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA
3718   *
3719   * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM
3720   * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
3721   *
3722   * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3723   * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag)
3724   * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE:  whether short preamble is enabled
3725   *	(flag)
3726   * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME:  whether short slot time is enabled
3727   *	(flag)
3728   * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8)
3729   * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16)
3730   * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined
3731   * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3732   */
3733  enum nl80211_sta_bss_param {
3734  	__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID,
3735  	NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT,
3736  	NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
3737  	NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
3738  	NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD,
3739  	NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL,
3740  
3741  	/* keep last */
3742  	__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST,
3743  	NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1
3744  };
3745  
3746  /**
3747   * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information
3748   *
3749   * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO
3750   * when getting information about a station.
3751   *
3752   * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3753   * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs)
3754   * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length)
3755   *	(u32, from this station)
3756   * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
3757   *	(u32, to this station)
3758   * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length)
3759   *	(u64, from this station)
3760   * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
3761   *	(u64, to this station)
3762   * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm)
3763   * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute
3764   * 	containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info
3765   * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
3766   *	(u32, from this station)
3767   * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
3768   *	(u32, to this station)
3769   * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station)
3770   * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs)
3771   *	(u32, to this station)
3772   * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm)
3773   * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID
3774   * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID
3775   * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station
3776   *	(see %enum nl80211_plink_state)
3777   * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested
3778   *	attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE.
3779   * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute
3780   *     containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param
3781   * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected
3782   * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
3783   * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32)
3784   * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64)
3785   * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
3786   * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode
3787   * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards
3788   *	non-peer STA
3789   * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU
3790   *	Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm)
3791   * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average
3792   *	Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL.
3793   * @NL80211_STA_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also the
3794   *	802.11 header (u32, kbps)
3795   * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons
3796   *	(u64)
3797   * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64)
3798   * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average
3799   *	for beacons only (u8, dBm)
3800   * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats)
3801   *	This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the
3802   *	TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames;
3803   *	each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats
3804   *	attributes carrying the actual values.
3805   * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
3806   *	received from the station (u64, usec)
3807   * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
3808   * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL: signal strength of the last ACK frame(u8, dBm)
3809   * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG: avg signal strength of ACK frames (s8, dBm)
3810   * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS: total number of received packets (MPDUs)
3811   *	(u32, from this station)
3812   * @NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT: total number of packets (MPDUs) received
3813   *	with an FCS error (u32, from this station). This count may not include
3814   *	some packets with an FCS error due to TA corruption. Hence this counter
3815   *	might not be fully accurate.
3816   * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: set to true if STA has a path to a
3817   *	mesh gate (u8, 0 or 1)
3818   * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
3819   *	sent to the station (u64, usec)
3820   * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: current airtime weight for station (u16)
3821   * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC: airtime link metric for mesh station
3822   * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME: Timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME, nanoseconds)
3823   *	of STA's association
3824   * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS: set to true if STA has a path to a
3825   *	authentication server (u8, 0 or 1)
3826   * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal
3827   * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute
3828   */
3829  enum nl80211_sta_info {
3830  	__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID,
3831  	NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME,
3832  	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES,
3833  	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES,
3834  	NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID,
3835  	NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID,
3836  	NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE,
3837  	NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL,
3838  	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE,
3839  	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS,
3840  	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS,
3841  	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES,
3842  	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED,
3843  	NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG,
3844  	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE,
3845  	NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM,
3846  	NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME,
3847  	NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS,
3848  	NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS,
3849  	NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET,
3850  	NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM,
3851  	NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM,
3852  	NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM,
3853  	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64,
3854  	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64,
3855  	NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
3856  	NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG,
3857  	NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT,
3858  	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC,
3859  	NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX,
3860  	NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG,
3861  	NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS,
3862  	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION,
3863  	NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD,
3864  	NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL,
3865  	NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG,
3866  	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS,
3867  	NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT,
3868  	NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE,
3869  	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION,
3870  	NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT,
3871  	NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC,
3872  	NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME,
3873  	NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS,
3874  	NL80211_STA_INFO_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_1,
3875  	NL80211_STA_INFO_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_2,
3876  	NL80211_STA_INFO_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_3,
3877  	NL80211_STA_INFO_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_4,
3878  	NL80211_STA_INFO_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_5,
3879  
3880  	/* keep last */
3881  	__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3882  	NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3883  };
3884  
3885  /* we renamed this - stay compatible */
3886  #define NL80211_STA_INFO_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG
3887  
3888  
3889  /**
3890   * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes
3891   * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3892   * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64)
3893   * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or
3894   *	attempted to transmit; u64)
3895   * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for
3896   *	transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64)
3897   * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted
3898   *	MSDUs (u64)
3899   * @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
3900   * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS: TXQ stats (nested attribute)
3901   * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here
3902   * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
3903   */
3904  enum nl80211_tid_stats {
3905  	__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID,
3906  	NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU,
3907  	NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU,
3908  	NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES,
3909  	NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED,
3910  	NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD,
3911  	NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS,
3912  
3913  	/* keep last */
3914  	NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS,
3915  	NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS - 1
3916  };
3917  
3918  /**
3919   * enum nl80211_txq_stats - per TXQ statistics attributes
3920   * @__NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3921   * @NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS: number of attributes here
3922   * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES: number of bytes currently backlogged
3923   * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS: number of packets currently
3924   *      backlogged
3925   * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS: total number of new flows seen
3926   * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS: total number of packet drops
3927   * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS: total number of packet ECN marks
3928   * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT: number of drops due to queue space overflow
3929   * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY: number of drops due to memory limit overflow
3930   *      (only for per-phy stats)
3931   * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS: number of hash collisions
3932   * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES: total number of bytes dequeued from TXQ
3933   * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS: total number of packets dequeued from TXQ
3934   * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS: number of flow buckets for PHY
3935   * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
3936   */
3937  enum nl80211_txq_stats {
3938  	__NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID,
3939  	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES,
3940  	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS,
3941  	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS,
3942  	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS,
3943  	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS,
3944  	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT,
3945  	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY,
3946  	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS,
3947  	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES,
3948  	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS,
3949  	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS,
3950  
3951  	/* keep last */
3952  	NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS,
3953  	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS - 1
3954  };
3955  
3956  /**
3957   * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags
3958   *
3959   * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active
3960   * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running
3961   * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN
3962   * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set
3963   * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded
3964   */
3965  enum nl80211_mpath_flags {
3966  	NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE =	1<<0,
3967  	NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING =	1<<1,
3968  	NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID =	1<<2,
3969  	NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED =	1<<3,
3970  	NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED =	1<<4,
3971  };
3972  
3973  /**
3974   * enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information
3975   *
3976   * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting
3977   * information about a mesh path.
3978   *
3979   * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3980   * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination
3981   * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number
3982   * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path
3983   * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now
3984   * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in
3985   * 	&enum nl80211_mpath_flags;
3986   * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec
3987   * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries
3988   * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: hop count to destination
3989   * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: total number of path changes to destination
3990   * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number
3991   *	currently defined
3992   * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3993   */
3994  enum nl80211_mpath_info {
3995  	__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID,
3996  	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN,
3997  	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN,
3998  	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC,
3999  	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME,
4000  	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS,
4001  	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
4002  	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES,
4003  	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT,
4004  	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE,
4005  
4006  	/* keep last */
4007  	__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
4008  	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
4009  };
4010  
4011  /**
4012   * enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr - Interface type data attributes
4013   *
4014   * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4015   * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag attribute
4016   *     for each interface type that supports the band data
4017   * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC: HE MAC capabilities as in HE
4018   *     capabilities IE
4019   * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY: HE PHY capabilities as in HE
4020   *     capabilities IE
4021   * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET: HE supported NSS/MCS as in HE
4022   *     capabilities IE
4023   * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE: HE PPE thresholds information as
4024   *     defined in HE capabilities IE
4025   * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA: HE 6GHz band capabilities (__le16),
4026   *	given for all 6 GHz band channels
4027   * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_VENDOR_ELEMS: vendor element capabilities that are
4028   *	advertised on this band/for this iftype (binary)
4029   * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MAC: EHT MAC capabilities as in EHT
4030   *	capabilities element
4031   * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PHY: EHT PHY capabilities as in EHT
4032   *	capabilities element
4033   * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MCS_SET: EHT supported NSS/MCS as in EHT
4034   *	capabilities element
4035   * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PPE: EHT PPE thresholds information as
4036   *	defined in EHT capabilities element
4037   * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4038   * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined
4039   */
4040  enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr {
4041  	__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID,
4042  
4043  	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES,
4044  	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC,
4045  	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY,
4046  	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET,
4047  	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE,
4048  	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA,
4049  	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_VENDOR_ELEMS,
4050  	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MAC,
4051  	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PHY,
4052  	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MCS_SET,
4053  	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PPE,
4054  	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_1,
4055  	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_2,
4056  	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_3,
4057  	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_4,
4058  	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_5,
4059  
4060  	/* keep last */
4061  	__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4062  	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4063  };
4064  
4065  /**
4066   * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes
4067   * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4068   * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band,
4069   *	an array of nested frequency attributes
4070   * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band,
4071   *	an array of nested bitrate attributes
4072   * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
4073   *	defined in 802.11n
4074   * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
4075   * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n
4076   * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n
4077   * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
4078   *	defined in 802.11ac
4079   * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
4080   * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA: nested array attribute, with each entry using
4081   *	attributes from &enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr
4082   * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz
4083   *	channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions.
4084   *	Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251.
4085   * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
4086   *	the allowed channel bandwidth configurations.
4087   *	Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13.
4088   * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined
4089   * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4090   */
4091  enum nl80211_band_attr {
4092  	__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID,
4093  	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS,
4094  	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES,
4095  
4096  	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET,
4097  	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA,
4098  	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR,
4099  	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY,
4100  
4101  	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET,
4102  	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA,
4103  	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA,
4104  
4105  	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS,
4106  	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG,
4107  	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_1,
4108  	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_2,
4109  	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_3,
4110  	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_4,
4111  	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_5,
4112  
4113  	/* keep last */
4114  	__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4115  	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4116  };
4117  
4118  #define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA
4119  
4120  /**
4121   * enum nl80211_wmm_rule - regulatory wmm rule
4122   *
4123   * @__NL80211_WMMR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4124   * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN: Minimum contention window slot.
4125   * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX: Maximum contention window slot.
4126   * @NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN: Arbitration Inter Frame Space.
4127   * @NL80211_WMMR_TXOP: Maximum allowed tx operation time.
4128   * @nl80211_WMMR_MAX: highest possible wmm rule.
4129   * @__NL80211_WMMR_LAST: Internal use.
4130   */
4131  enum nl80211_wmm_rule {
4132  	__NL80211_WMMR_INVALID,
4133  	NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN,
4134  	NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX,
4135  	NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN,
4136  	NL80211_WMMR_TXOP,
4137  
4138  	/* keep last */
4139  	__NL80211_WMMR_LAST,
4140  	NL80211_WMMR_MAX = __NL80211_WMMR_LAST - 1
4141  };
4142  
4143  /**
4144   * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes
4145   * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4146   * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz
4147   * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current
4148   *	regulatory domain.
4149   * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation
4150   * 	are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe
4151   * 	requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing.
4152   * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory
4153   *	on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4154   * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm
4155   *	(100 * dBm).
4156   * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS
4157   *	(enum nl80211_dfs_state)
4158   * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in miliseconds for how long
4159   *	this channel is in this DFS state.
4160   * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this
4161   *	channel as the control channel
4162   * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this
4163   *	channel as the control channel
4164   * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel
4165   *	as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible,
4166   *	this includes 80+80 channels
4167   * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel
4168   *	using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels
4169   *	isn't possible
4170   * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
4171   * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this
4172   *	channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be
4173   *	used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in
4174   *	an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not
4175   *	through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master
4176   *	that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power.
4177   * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this
4178   *	channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on
4179   *	the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz
4180   *	band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS
4181   *	off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be
4182   *	done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under
4183   *	the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS
4184   *	off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and
4185   *	radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e.,
4186   *	wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this
4187   *	attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP).
4188   * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed
4189   *	on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4190   * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed
4191   *	on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4192   * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM: this channel has wmm limitations.
4193   *	This is a nested attribute that contains the wmm limitation per AC.
4194   *	(see &enum nl80211_wmm_rule)
4195   * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE: HE operation is not allowed on this channel
4196   *	in current regulatory domain.
4197   * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz
4198   * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ: 1 MHz operation is allowed
4199   *	on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4200   * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ: 2 MHz operation is allowed
4201   *	on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4202   * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ: 4 MHz operation is allowed
4203   *	on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4204   * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ: 8 MHz operation is allowed
4205   *	on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4206   * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ: 16 MHz operation is allowed
4207   *	on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4208   * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_320MHZ: any 320 MHz channel using this channel
4209   *	as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible
4210   * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_EHT: EHT operation is not allowed on this channel
4211   *	in current regulatory domain.
4212   * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number
4213   *	currently defined
4214   * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4215   *
4216   * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122
4217   * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed
4218   * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and
4219   * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT.
4220   */
4221  enum nl80211_frequency_attr {
4222  	__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID,
4223  	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ,
4224  	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED,
4225  	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR,
4226  	__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS,
4227  	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR,
4228  	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER,
4229  	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE,
4230  	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME,
4231  	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS,
4232  	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS,
4233  	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ,
4234  	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ,
4235  	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
4236  	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY,
4237  	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT,
4238  	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ,
4239  	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ,
4240  	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM,
4241  	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE,
4242  	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET,
4243  	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ,
4244  	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ,
4245  	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ,
4246  	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ,
4247  	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ,
4248  	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_320MHZ,
4249  	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_EHT,
4250  
4251  	/* keep last */
4252  	__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4253  	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4254  };
4255  
4256  #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER
4257  #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
4258  #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS		NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
4259  #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR		NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
4260  #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \
4261  					NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
4262  
4263  /**
4264   * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes
4265   * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4266   * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps
4267   * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported
4268   *	in 2.4 GHz band.
4269   * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number
4270   *	currently defined
4271   * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4272   */
4273  enum nl80211_bitrate_attr {
4274  	__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID,
4275  	NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE,
4276  	NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE,
4277  
4278  	/* keep last */
4279  	__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4280  	NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4281  };
4282  
4283  /**
4284   * enum nl80211_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request
4285   * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world
4286   * 	regulatory domain.
4287   * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the
4288   * 	regulatory domain.
4289   * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the
4290   * 	wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in.
4291   * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an
4292   * 	802.11 country information element with regulatory information it
4293   * 	thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country
4294   *	code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information
4295   *	structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb.
4296   *	If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should
4297   *	be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation.
4298   */
4299  enum nl80211_reg_initiator {
4300  	NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE,
4301  	NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER,
4302  	NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER,
4303  	NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE,
4304  };
4305  
4306  /**
4307   * enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain
4308   * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains
4309   *	to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the
4310   *	ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid.
4311   * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory
4312   * 	domain.
4313   * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom
4314   * 	driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide
4315   * 	and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested
4316   * 	them to be applied.
4317   * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product
4318   *	of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously
4319   *	set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory
4320   *	domain request to be processed.
4321   */
4322  enum nl80211_reg_type {
4323  	NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY,
4324  	NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD,
4325  	NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD,
4326  	NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION,
4327  };
4328  
4329  /**
4330   * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes
4331   * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4332   * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional
4333   * 	considerations for a given frequency range. These are the
4334   * 	&enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags.
4335   * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory
4336   * 	rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory
4337   * 	band edge.
4338   * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule
4339   * 	in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory
4340   * 	band edge.
4341   * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this
4342   *	frequency range, in KHz.
4343   * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain
4344   * 	for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi).
4345   * 	If you don't have one then don't send this.
4346   * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for
4347   * 	a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm).
4348   * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
4349   *	If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used.
4350   * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number
4351   *	currently defined
4352   * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4353   */
4354  enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr {
4355  	__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID,
4356  	NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS,
4357  
4358  	NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START,
4359  	NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END,
4360  	NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW,
4361  
4362  	NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN,
4363  	NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP,
4364  
4365  	NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
4366  
4367  	/* keep last */
4368  	__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4369  	NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4370  };
4371  
4372  /**
4373   * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes
4374   * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4375   * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching,
4376   *	only report BSS with matching SSID.
4377   *	(This cannot be used together with BSSID.)
4378   * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a
4379   *	BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that
4380   *	if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as
4381   *	the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a
4382   *	matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with
4383   *	how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem,
4384   *	the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this
4385   *	attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute.
4386   * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI: Flag indicating whether
4387   *	%NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to be used as absolute RSSI or
4388   *	relative to current bss's RSSI.
4389   * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
4390   *	BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
4391   *	RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
4392   *	value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
4393   * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID: BSSID to be used for matching
4394   *	(this cannot be used together with SSID).
4395   * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI: Nested attribute that carries the
4396   *	band specific minimum rssi thresholds for the bands defined in
4397   *	enum nl80211_band. The minimum rssi threshold value(s32) specific to a
4398   *	band shall be encapsulated in attribute with type value equals to one
4399   *	of the NL80211_BAND_* defined in enum nl80211_band. For example, the
4400   *	minimum rssi threshold value for 2.4GHZ band shall be encapsulated
4401   *	within an attribute of type NL80211_BAND_2GHZ. And one or more of such
4402   *	attributes will be nested within this attribute.
4403   * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter
4404   *	attribute number currently defined
4405   * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4406   */
4407  enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr {
4408  	__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID,
4409  
4410  	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID,
4411  	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI,
4412  	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI,
4413  	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
4414  	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID,
4415  	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI,
4416  
4417  	/* keep last */
4418  	__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4419  	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX =
4420  		__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4421  };
4422  
4423  /* only for backward compatibility */
4424  #define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID
4425  
4426  /**
4427   * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags
4428   *
4429   * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed
4430   * @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed
4431   * @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed
4432   * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed
4433   * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used
4434   * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links
4435   * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links
4436   * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed,
4437   * 	this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require
4438   * 	beaconing.
4439   * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated
4440   *	base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross
4441   *	multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges.
4442   * @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
4443   * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation
4444   * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation
4445   * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed
4446   * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed
4447   * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HE: HE operation not allowed
4448   * @NL80211_RRF_NO_320MHZ: 320MHz operation not allowed
4449   */
4450  enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags {
4451  	NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM		= 1<<0,
4452  	NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK		= 1<<1,
4453  	NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR		= 1<<2,
4454  	NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR		= 1<<3,
4455  	NL80211_RRF_DFS			= 1<<4,
4456  	NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY		= 1<<5,
4457  	NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY		= 1<<6,
4458  	NL80211_RRF_NO_IR		= 1<<7,
4459  	__NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS		= 1<<8,
4460  	NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW		= 1<<11,
4461  	NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT	= 1<<12,
4462  	NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS	= 1<<13,
4463  	NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS		= 1<<14,
4464  	NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ		= 1<<15,
4465  	NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ		= 1<<16,
4466  	NL80211_RRF_NO_HE		= 1<<17,
4467  	NL80211_RRF_NO_320MHZ		= 1<<18,
4468  };
4469  
4470  #define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN	NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
4471  #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS		NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
4472  #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR		NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
4473  #define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40		(NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\
4474  					 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS)
4475  #define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT	NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT
4476  
4477  /* For backport compatibility with older userspace */
4478  #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL		(NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS)
4479  
4480  /**
4481   * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions
4482   *
4483   * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified
4484   * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC
4485   * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI
4486   * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec
4487   */
4488  enum nl80211_dfs_regions {
4489  	NL80211_DFS_UNSET	= 0,
4490  	NL80211_DFS_FCC		= 1,
4491  	NL80211_DFS_ETSI	= 2,
4492  	NL80211_DFS_JP		= 3,
4493  };
4494  
4495  /**
4496   * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint
4497   *
4498   * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always
4499   *	assumed if the attribute is not set.
4500   * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular
4501   *	base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work
4502   *	properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints
4503   *	by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature
4504   *	capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will
4505   *	ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device
4506   *	present has been registered with the wireless core that
4507   *	has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a
4508   *	supported feature.
4509   * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the
4510   *	platform is operating in an indoor environment.
4511   */
4512  enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type {
4513  	NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER	= 0,
4514  	NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1,
4515  	NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR    = 2,
4516  };
4517  
4518  /**
4519   * enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information
4520   *
4521   * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO
4522   * when getting information about a survey.
4523   *
4524   * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4525   * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel
4526   * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm)
4527   * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used
4528   * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio
4529   *	was turned on (on channel or globally)
4530   * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary
4531   *	channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect)
4532   * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension
4533   *	channel was sensed busy
4534   * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent
4535   *	receiving data (on channel or globally)
4536   * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent
4537   *	transmitting data (on channel or globally)
4538   * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan
4539   *	(on this channel or globally)
4540   * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
4541   * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: amount of time the radio spent
4542   *	receiving frames destined to the local BSS
4543   * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number
4544   *	currently defined
4545   * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: center frequency offset in KHz
4546   * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4547   */
4548  enum nl80211_survey_info {
4549  	__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID,
4550  	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY,
4551  	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE,
4552  	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE,
4553  	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME,
4554  	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY,
4555  	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY,
4556  	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX,
4557  	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX,
4558  	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN,
4559  	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD,
4560  	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX,
4561  	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET,
4562  
4563  	/* keep last */
4564  	__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
4565  	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
4566  };
4567  
4568  /* keep old names for compatibility */
4569  #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME		NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME
4570  #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY		NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY
4571  #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY
4572  #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX		NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX
4573  #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX		NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX
4574  
4575  /**
4576   * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags
4577   *
4578   * Monitor configuration flags.
4579   *
4580   * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved
4581   *
4582   * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS
4583   * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP
4584   * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames
4585   * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering
4586   * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing.
4587   *	overrides all other flags.
4588   * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address
4589   *	and ACK incoming unicast packets.
4590   *
4591   * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4592   * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag
4593   */
4594  enum nl80211_mntr_flags {
4595  	__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID,
4596  	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL,
4597  	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL,
4598  	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL,
4599  	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS,
4600  	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES,
4601  	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE,
4602  
4603  	/* keep last */
4604  	__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
4605  	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
4606  };
4607  
4608  /**
4609   * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes
4610   *
4611   * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is
4612   *	not known or has not been set yet.
4613   * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is
4614   *	in Awake state all the time.
4615   * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will
4616   *	alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for
4617   *	neighbor's beacons.
4618   * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will
4619   *	alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up
4620   *	for neighbor's beacons.
4621   *
4622   * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - internal use
4623   * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX - highest possible power save level
4624   */
4625  
4626  enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode {
4627  	NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN,
4628  	NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE,
4629  	NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP,
4630  	NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP,
4631  
4632  	__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST,
4633  	NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1
4634  };
4635  
4636  /**
4637   * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters
4638   *
4639   * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is
4640   * active.
4641   *
4642   * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use
4643   *
4644   * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in
4645   *	millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message
4646   *
4647   * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in
4648   *	millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link
4649   *
4650   * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in
4651   *	millisecond units
4652   *
4653   * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed
4654   *	on this mesh interface
4655   *
4656   * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link
4657   *	open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a
4658   *	mesh
4659   *
4660   * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh
4661   *	point.
4662   *
4663   * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open
4664   *	peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if
4665   *	@NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are
4666   *	set.
4667   *
4668   * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames
4669   *	containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path
4670   *	target)
4671   *
4672   * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths
4673   *	(in milliseconds)
4674   *
4675   * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait
4676   *	until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds)
4677   *
4678   * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh
4679   *	points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from
4680   *	the root to be valid. (TU = time unit)
4681   *
4682   * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
4683   *	TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ
4684   *	reference element
4685   *
4686   * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs)
4687   *	that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the
4688   *	mesh
4689   *
4690   * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not
4691   *
4692   * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a
4693   *	source mesh point for path selection elements.
4694   *
4695   * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL:  The interval of time (in TUs) between
4696   *	root announcements are transmitted.
4697   *
4698   * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has
4699   *	access to a broader network beyond the MBSS.  This is done via Root
4700   *	Announcement frames.
4701   *
4702   * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
4703   *	TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a
4704   *	PERR element.
4705   *
4706   * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding
4707   *	or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity)
4708   *
4709   * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the
4710   *	threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish
4711   *	a peer link.
4712   *
4713   * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors
4714   *	to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method
4715   *	(see 11C.12.2.2)
4716   *
4717   * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode.
4718   *
4719   * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute
4720   *
4721   * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for
4722   *	which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding
4723   *	information to the root mesh STA to be valid.
4724   *
4725   * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
4726   *	proactive PREQs are transmitted.
4727   *
4728   * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time
4729   *	(in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame
4730   *	containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation.
4731   *
4732   * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links.
4733   *	type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32)
4734   *
4735   * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs)
4736   *
4737   * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've
4738   *	established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then
4739   *	remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable
4740   *	the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes.
4741   *
4742   * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: If set to true then this mesh STA
4743   *	will advertise that it is connected to a gate in the mesh formation
4744   *	field.  If left unset then the mesh formation field will only
4745   *	advertise such if there is an active root mesh path.
4746   *
4747   * @NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN: Try to avoid multi-hop path discovery (e.g.
4748   *      PREQ/PREP for HWMP) if the destination is a direct neighbor. Note that
4749   *      this might not be the optimal decision as a multi-hop route might be
4750   *      better. So if using this setting you will likely also want to disable
4751   *      dot11MeshForwarding and use another mesh routing protocol on top.
4752   *
4753   * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS: If set to true then this mesh STA
4754   *	will advertise that it is connected to a authentication server
4755   *	in the mesh formation field.
4756   *
4757   * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4758   */
4759  enum nl80211_meshconf_params {
4760  	__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID,
4761  	NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT,
4762  	NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT,
4763  	NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT,
4764  	NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS,
4765  	NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES,
4766  	NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL,
4767  	NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS,
4768  	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES,
4769  	NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME,
4770  	NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
4771  	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT,
4772  	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL,
4773  	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME,
4774  	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE,
4775  	NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL,
4776  	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL,
4777  	NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS,
4778  	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL,
4779  	NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING,
4780  	NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD,
4781  	NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR,
4782  	NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE,
4783  	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT,
4784  	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL,
4785  	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL,
4786  	NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE,
4787  	NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW,
4788  	NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT,
4789  	NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE,
4790  	NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN,
4791  	NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS,
4792  
4793  	/* keep last */
4794  	__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4795  	NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4796  };
4797  
4798  /**
4799   * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters
4800   *
4801   * Mesh setup parameters.  These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be
4802   * changed while the mesh is active.
4803   *
4804   * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use
4805   *
4806   * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a
4807   *	vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the
4808   *	default HWMP.
4809   *
4810   * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a
4811   *	vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime
4812   *	metric.
4813   *
4814   * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a
4815   *	robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element
4816   *	that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and
4817   *	metrics in use.
4818   *
4819   * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication
4820   *	daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates.
4821   *
4822   * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication
4823   *	daemon will be securing peer link frames.  AMPE is a secured version of
4824   *	Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of
4825   *	a userspace daemon.  When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer
4826   *	management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE
4827   *	functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and
4828   *	key management).  When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can
4829   *	autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a
4830   *	userspace daemon.
4831   *
4832   * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a
4833   *	vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default
4834   *	neighbor offset synchronization
4835   *
4836   * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will
4837   *	implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state.
4838   *
4839   * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication
4840   *	method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE).
4841   *	Default is no authentication method required.
4842   *
4843   * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number
4844   *
4845   * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use
4846   */
4847  enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params {
4848  	__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID,
4849  	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL,
4850  	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC,
4851  	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE,
4852  	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
4853  	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE,
4854  	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC,
4855  	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM,
4856  	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL,
4857  
4858  	/* keep last */
4859  	__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4860  	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4861  };
4862  
4863  /**
4864   * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes
4865   * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved
4866   * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*)
4867   * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning
4868   *	disabled
4869   * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form
4870   *	2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
4871   * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form
4872   *	2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
4873   * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255]
4874   * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
4875   * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number
4876   */
4877  enum nl80211_txq_attr {
4878  	__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID,
4879  	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC,
4880  	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP,
4881  	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN,
4882  	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX,
4883  	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS,
4884  
4885  	/* keep last */
4886  	__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4887  	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4888  };
4889  
4890  enum nl80211_ac {
4891  	NL80211_AC_VO,
4892  	NL80211_AC_VI,
4893  	NL80211_AC_BE,
4894  	NL80211_AC_BK,
4895  	NL80211_NUM_ACS
4896  };
4897  
4898  /* backward compat */
4899  #define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC
4900  #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO	NL80211_AC_VO
4901  #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI	NL80211_AC_VI
4902  #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE	NL80211_AC_BE
4903  #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK	NL80211_AC_BK
4904  
4905  /**
4906   * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type
4907   * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
4908   * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel
4909   * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
4910   *	below the control channel
4911   * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
4912   *	above the control channel
4913   */
4914  enum nl80211_channel_type {
4915  	NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT,
4916  	NL80211_CHAN_HT20,
4917  	NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS,
4918  	NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS
4919  };
4920  
4921  /**
4922   * enum nl80211_key_mode - Key mode
4923   *
4924   * @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX: (Default)
4925   *	Key can be used for Rx and Tx immediately
4926   *
4927   * The following modes can only be selected for unicast keys and when the
4928   * driver supports @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID:
4929   *
4930   * @NL80211_KEY_NO_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY:
4931   *	Unicast key can only be used for Rx, Tx not allowed, yet
4932   * @NL80211_KEY_SET_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY:
4933   *	The unicast key identified by idx and mac is cleared for Tx and becomes
4934   *	the preferred Tx key for the station.
4935   */
4936  enum nl80211_key_mode {
4937  	NL80211_KEY_RX_TX,
4938  	NL80211_KEY_NO_TX,
4939  	NL80211_KEY_SET_TX
4940  };
4941  
4942  /**
4943   * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions
4944   *
4945   * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH
4946   * attribute.
4947   *
4948   * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
4949   * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel
4950   * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4951   *	attribute must be provided as well
4952   * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4953   *	attribute must be provided as well
4954   * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4955   *	and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well
4956   * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4957   *	attribute must be provided as well
4958   * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel
4959   * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel
4960   * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1: 1 MHz OFDM channel
4961   * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2: 2 MHz OFDM channel
4962   * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4: 4 MHz OFDM channel
4963   * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8: 8 MHz OFDM channel
4964   * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16: 16 MHz OFDM channel
4965   * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_320: 320 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4966   *	attribute must be provided as well
4967   */
4968  enum nl80211_chan_width {
4969  	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT,
4970  	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
4971  	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40,
4972  	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80,
4973  	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80,
4974  	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160,
4975  	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
4976  	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
4977  	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1,
4978  	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2,
4979  	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4,
4980  	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8,
4981  	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16,
4982  	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_320,
4983  };
4984  
4985  /**
4986   * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS
4987   *
4988   * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute.
4989   *
4990   * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible
4991   * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide
4992   * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide
4993   * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1: control channel is 1 MHz wide
4994   * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2: control channel is 2 MHz wide
4995   */
4996  enum nl80211_bss_scan_width {
4997  	NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
4998  	NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
4999  	NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
5000  	NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1,
5001  	NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2,
5002  	NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_1,
5003  	NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_2,
5004  	NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_3,
5005  	NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_4,
5006  	NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_5,
5007  };
5008  
5009  /**
5010   * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS
5011   *
5012   * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid
5013   * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets)
5014   * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32)
5015   * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64)
5016   *	(if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be
5017   *	from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon
5018   *	that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from)
5019   * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16)
5020   * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16)
5021   * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the
5022   *	raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin);
5023   *	if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is
5024   *	different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise
5025   *	they are from a Beacon frame.
5026   *	However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these
5027   *	IEs may be from either frame subtype.
5028   *	If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the
5029   *	data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics.
5030   * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon
5031   *	in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32)
5032   * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon
5033   *	in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8)
5034   * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used"
5035   * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms
5036   * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information
5037   *	elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has
5038   *	yet been received
5039   * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel
5040   *	(u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width)
5041   * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64)
5042   *	(not present if no beacon frame has been received yet)
5043   * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and
5044   *	@NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute)
5045   * @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry
5046   *	was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be
5047   *	accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
5048   * @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
5049   * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF: the time at the start of reception of the first
5050   *	octet of the timestamp field of the last beacon/probe received for
5051   *	this BSS. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified by
5052   *	@NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID. (u64).
5053   * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID: the BSS according to which @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF
5054   *	is set.
5055   * @NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last BSS update.
5056   *	Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm),
5057   *	using the nesting index as the antenna number.
5058   * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz
5059   * @NL80211_BSS_MLO_LINK_ID: MLO link ID of the BSS (u8).
5060   * @NL80211_BSS_MLD_ADDR: MLD address of this BSS if connected to it.
5061   * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal
5062   * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute
5063   */
5064  enum nl80211_bss {
5065  	__NL80211_BSS_INVALID,
5066  	NL80211_BSS_BSSID,
5067  	NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY,
5068  	NL80211_BSS_TSF,
5069  	NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL,
5070  	NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY,
5071  	NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS,
5072  	NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM,
5073  	NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC,
5074  	NL80211_BSS_STATUS,
5075  	NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO,
5076  	NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES,
5077  	NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH,
5078  	NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF,
5079  	NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA,
5080  	NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME,
5081  	NL80211_BSS_PAD,
5082  	NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
5083  	NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID,
5084  	NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
5085  	NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET,
5086  	NL80211_BSS_MLO_LINK_ID,
5087  	NL80211_BSS_MLD_ADDR,
5088  	NL80211_BSS_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_1,
5089  	NL80211_BSS_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_2,
5090  	NL80211_BSS_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_3,
5091  
5092  	/* keep last */
5093  	__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST,
5094  	NL80211_BSS_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST - 1
5095  };
5096  
5097  /**
5098   * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status"
5099   * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS.
5100   *	Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer
5101   *	keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with
5102   *	a given BSS.
5103   * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS.
5104   * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS.
5105   *
5106   * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which
5107   * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS.
5108   */
5109  enum nl80211_bss_status {
5110  	NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED,
5111  	NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED,
5112  	NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED,
5113  };
5114  
5115  /**
5116   * enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType
5117   *
5118   * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication
5119   * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only)
5120   * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r)
5121   * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP)
5122   * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals
5123   * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key
5124   * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key with PFS
5125   * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK: Fast Initial Link Setup public key
5126   * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal
5127   * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm
5128   * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by
5129   *	trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out
5130   *	the attribute for this on CONNECT commands.
5131   */
5132  enum nl80211_auth_type {
5133  	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM,
5134  	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY,
5135  	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT,
5136  	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP,
5137  	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE,
5138  	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK,
5139  	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS,
5140  	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK,
5141  
5142  	/* keep last */
5143  	__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM,
5144  	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM - 1,
5145  	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC
5146  };
5147  
5148  /**
5149   * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type
5150   * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key
5151   * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key
5152   * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS)
5153   * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types
5154   */
5155  enum nl80211_key_type {
5156  	NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP,
5157  	NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE,
5158  	NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY,
5159  
5160  	NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES
5161  };
5162  
5163  /**
5164   * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state
5165   * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used
5166   * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required
5167   * @NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL: Management frame protection is optional
5168   */
5169  enum nl80211_mfp {
5170  	NL80211_MFP_NO,
5171  	NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED,
5172  	NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL,
5173  };
5174  
5175  enum nl80211_wpa_versions {
5176  	NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0,
5177  	NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1,
5178  	NL80211_WPA_VERSION_3 = 1 << 2,
5179  };
5180  
5181  /**
5182   * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types
5183   * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid
5184   * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default
5185   *	unicast key
5186   * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default
5187   *	multicast key
5188   * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types
5189   */
5190  enum nl80211_key_default_types {
5191  	__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID,
5192  	NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST,
5193  	NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST,
5194  
5195  	NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES
5196  };
5197  
5198  /**
5199   * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes
5200   * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid
5201   * @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
5202   *	16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
5203   *	keys
5204   * @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
5205   * @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
5206   *	section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
5207   * @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
5208   *	CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
5209   * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key
5210   * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key
5211   * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not
5212   *	specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was
5213   *	given with the command using the key or not (u32)
5214   * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
5215   *	attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
5216   *	See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
5217   * @NL80211_KEY_MODE: the mode from enum nl80211_key_mode.
5218   *	Defaults to @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX.
5219   * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON: flag indicating default Beacon frame key
5220   *
5221   * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal
5222   * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute
5223   */
5224  enum nl80211_key_attributes {
5225  	__NL80211_KEY_INVALID,
5226  	NL80211_KEY_DATA,
5227  	NL80211_KEY_IDX,
5228  	NL80211_KEY_CIPHER,
5229  	NL80211_KEY_SEQ,
5230  	NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT,
5231  	NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
5232  	NL80211_KEY_TYPE,
5233  	NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
5234  	NL80211_KEY_MODE,
5235  	NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON,
5236  
5237  	/* keep last */
5238  	__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST,
5239  	NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1
5240  };
5241  
5242  /**
5243   * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes
5244   * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid
5245   * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
5246   *	in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with
5247   *	1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most
5248   *	%NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array).
5249   * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
5250   *	in an array of MCS numbers.
5251   * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection,
5252   *	see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht
5253   * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi
5254   * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE: HE rates allowed for TX rate selection,
5255   *	see &struct nl80211_txrate_he
5256   * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI: configure HE GI, 0.8us, 1.6us and 3.2us.
5257   * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF: configure HE LTF, 1XLTF, 2XLTF and 4XLTF.
5258   * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal
5259   * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute
5260   * @__NL80211_TXRATE_MAX_IMPLEMENTED: Internal use only, assign it with new max
5261   *	implemented attribute if NL80211_TXRATE_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_*
5262   *	attributes enabled while backporting upstream UAPI changes.
5263   */
5264  enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes {
5265  	__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID,
5266  	NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY,
5267  	NL80211_TXRATE_HT,
5268  	NL80211_TXRATE_VHT,
5269  	NL80211_TXRATE_GI,
5270  	NL80211_TXRATE_HE,
5271  	NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI,
5272  	NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF,
5273  	NL80211_TXRATE_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_1,
5274  	NL80211_TXRATE_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_2,
5275  	NL80211_TXRATE_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_3,
5276  	NL80211_TXRATE_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_4,
5277  	NL80211_TXRATE_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_5,
5278  
5279  	/* keep last */
5280  	__NL80211_TXRATE_MAX_IMPLEMENTED = NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF,
5281  	__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST,
5282  	NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1
5283  };
5284  
5285  #define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT
5286  #define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX		8
5287  
5288  /**
5289   * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
5290   * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
5291   */
5292  struct nl80211_txrate_vht {
5293  	__u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX];
5294  };
5295  
5296  #define NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX		8
5297  /**
5298   * struct nl80211_txrate_he - HE MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
5299   * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
5300   */
5301  struct nl80211_txrate_he {
5302  	__u16 mcs[NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX];
5303  };
5304  
5305  enum nl80211_txrate_gi {
5306  	NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI,
5307  	NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI,
5308  	NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI,
5309  };
5310  
5311  /**
5312   * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band
5313   * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band
5314   * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz)
5315   * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 69.12 GHz)
5316   * @NL80211_BAND_6GHZ: around 6 GHz band (5.9 - 7.2 GHz)
5317   * @NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ: around 900MHz, supported by S1G PHYs
5318   * @NL80211_BAND_LC: light communication band (placeholder)
5319   * @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace
5320   *	since newer kernel versions may support more bands
5321   */
5322  enum nl80211_band {
5323  	NL80211_BAND_2GHZ,
5324  	NL80211_BAND_5GHZ,
5325  	NL80211_BAND_60GHZ,
5326  	NL80211_BAND_6GHZ,
5327  	NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ,
5328  	NL80211_BAND_LC,
5329  
5330  	NUM_NL80211_BANDS,
5331  };
5332  
5333  /**
5334   * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state
5335   * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled
5336   * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled
5337   */
5338  enum nl80211_ps_state {
5339  	NL80211_PS_DISABLED,
5340  	NL80211_PS_ENABLED,
5341  };
5342  
5343  /**
5344   * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes
5345   * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid
5346   * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies
5347   *	the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero
5348   *	to disable.  Alternatively, if %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST is
5349   *	set, multiple values can be supplied as a low-to-high sorted array of
5350   *	threshold values in dBm.  Events will be sent when the RSSI value
5351   *	crosses any of the thresholds.
5352   * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies
5353   *	the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a
5354   *	new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation).
5355   * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event
5356   * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many
5357   *	consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer
5358   * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures
5359   *	during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an
5360   *	%NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and
5361   *	%NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated.
5362   * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given
5363   *	%NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is
5364   *	checked.
5365   * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic
5366   *	interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and
5367   *	%NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an
5368   *	%NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting.
5369   * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon
5370   *	loss event
5371   * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL: the RSSI value in dBm that triggered the
5372   *	RSSI threshold event.
5373   * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal
5374   * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute
5375   * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX_IMPLEMENTED: Internal use only, assign it with new
5376   *	max implemented attribute if NL80211_ATTR_CQM_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_*
5377   *	attributes enabled while backporting upstream UAPI changes.
5378   */
5379  enum nl80211_attr_cqm {
5380  	__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID,
5381  	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD,
5382  	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST,
5383  	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT,
5384  	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT,
5385  	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE,
5386  	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS,
5387  	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL,
5388  	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
5389  	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL,
5390  	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_1,
5391  	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_2,
5392  	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_3,
5393  	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_4,
5394  	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_5,
5395  
5396  	/* keep last */
5397  	__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX_IMPLEMENTED = NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL,
5398  	__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST,
5399  	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1
5400  };
5401  
5402  /**
5403   * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event
5404   * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the
5405   *      configured threshold
5406   * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the
5407   *      configured threshold
5408   * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent)
5409   */
5410  enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event {
5411  	NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW,
5412  	NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH,
5413  	NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
5414  	NL80211_CQM_RSSI_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_1,
5415  	NL80211_CQM_RSSI_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_2,
5416  	NL80211_CQM_RSSI_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_3,
5417  };
5418  
5419  
5420  /**
5421   * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment
5422   * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power
5423   * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter
5424   * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter
5425   */
5426  enum nl80211_tx_power_setting {
5427  	NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC,
5428  	NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED,
5429  	NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED,
5430  };
5431  
5432  /**
5433   * enum nl80211_tid_config - TID config state
5434   * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE: Enable config for the TID
5435   * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE: Disable config for the TID
5436   */
5437  enum nl80211_tid_config {
5438  	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE,
5439  	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE,
5440  };
5441  
5442  /* enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting - TX rate configuration type
5443   * @NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine TX rate
5444   * @NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED: limit the TX rate by the TX rate parameter
5445   * @NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED: fix TX rate to the TX rate parameter
5446   */
5447  enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting {
5448  	NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC,
5449  	NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED,
5450  	NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED,
5451  };
5452  
5453  /* enum nl80211_tid_config_attr - TID specific configuration.
5454   * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD: pad attribute for 64-bit values
5455   * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP: a bitmap (u64) of attributes supported
5456   *	for per-vif configuration; doesn't list the ones that are generic
5457   *	(%NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS, %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE).
5458   * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP: same as the previous per-vif one, but
5459   *	per peer instead.
5460   * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE: flag attribue, if set indicates
5461   *	that the new configuration overrides all previous peer
5462   *	configurations, otherwise previous peer specific configurations
5463   *	should be left untouched.
5464   * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS: a bitmask value of TIDs (bit 0 to 7)
5465   *	Its type is u16.
5466   * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK: Configure ack policy for the TID.
5467   *	specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TID. see %enum nl80211_tid_config.
5468   *	Its type is u8.
5469   * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT: Number of retries used with data frame
5470   *	transmission, user-space sets this configuration in
5471   *	&NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. It is u8 type, min value is 1 and
5472   *	the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on
5473   *	output in wiphy capabilities.
5474   * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG: Number of retries used with data frame
5475   *	transmission, user-space sets this configuration in
5476   *	&NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. Its type is u8, min value is 1 and
5477   *	the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on
5478   *	output in wiphy capabilities.
5479   * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MPDU aggregation
5480   *	for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS.
5481   *	Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
5482   * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL: Enable/Disable RTS_CTS for the TIDs
5483   *	specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. It is u8 type, using
5484   *	the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
5485   * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MSDU aggregation
5486   *	for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS.
5487   *	Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
5488   * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE: This attribute will be useful
5489   *	to notfiy the driver that what type of txrate should be used
5490   *	for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. using
5491   *	the values form &nl80211_tx_rate_setting.
5492   * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE: Data frame TX rate mask should be applied
5493   *	with the parameters passed through %NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES.
5494   *	configuration is applied to the data frame for the tid to that connected
5495   *	station.
5496   * @__NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_IMPLEMENTED: Internal use only, assign it with
5497   *	new max implemented attribute if
5498   *	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_* attributes enabled while
5499   *	backporting upstream UAPI changes.
5500   */
5501  enum nl80211_tid_config_attr {
5502  	__NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID,
5503  	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD,
5504  	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP,
5505  	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP,
5506  	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE,
5507  	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS,
5508  	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK,
5509  	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT,
5510  	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG,
5511  	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL,
5512  	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL,
5513  	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL,
5514  	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE,
5515  	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE,
5516  	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_1,
5517  	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_2,
5518  	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_3,
5519  	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_4,
5520  	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_5,
5521  
5522  	/* keep last */
5523  	__NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_IMPLEMENTED = NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE,
5524  	__NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
5525  	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
5526  };
5527  
5528  /**
5529   * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute
5530   * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
5531   * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has
5532   *	a zero bit are ignored
5533   * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have
5534   *	a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds
5535   *	to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are
5536   *	in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern
5537   *	corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask.
5538   *	For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where
5539   *	xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of
5540   *	twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01".
5541   *	Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not
5542   *	802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked
5543   *	first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched.
5544   * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after
5545   *	these fixed number of bytes of received packet
5546   * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes
5547   * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number
5548   */
5549  enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr {
5550  	__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID,
5551  	NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK,
5552  	NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN,
5553  	NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET,
5554  
5555  	NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT,
5556  	MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1,
5557  };
5558  
5559  /**
5560   * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information
5561   * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported
5562   * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern
5563   * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern
5564   * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
5565   *
5566   * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when
5567   * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in
5568   * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of
5569   * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given
5570   * by the kernel to userspace.
5571   */
5572  struct nl80211_pattern_support {
5573  	__u32 max_patterns;
5574  	__u32 min_pattern_len;
5575  	__u32 max_pattern_len;
5576  	__u32 max_pkt_offset;
5577  } __attribute__((packed));
5578  
5579  /* only for backward compatibility */
5580  #define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID
5581  #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
5582  #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN
5583  #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET
5584  #define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT
5585  #define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT
5586  #define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support
5587  
5588  /**
5589   * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions
5590   * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5591   * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put
5592   *	the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have
5593   *	support for low-power operation already (flag)
5594   *	Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if
5595   *	any others are even supported by the device.
5596   * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect
5597   *	is detected is implementation-specific (flag)
5598   * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed
5599   *	by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag)
5600   * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns
5601   *	which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute
5602   *	defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern.
5603   *	Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with
5604   *	each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is
5605   *	done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the
5606   *	pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU.
5607   *
5608   *	In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute
5609   *	carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support.
5610   *
5611   *	When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based
5612   *	index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed
5613   *	to the kernel when configuring.
5614   * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be
5615   *	used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported
5616   *	by the device (flag)
5617   * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if
5618   *	done by the device) (flag)
5619   * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request
5620   *	packet (flag)
5621   * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag)
5622   * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released
5623   *	(on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag)
5624   * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains
5625   *	the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame
5626   *	may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN
5627   *	attribute contains the original length.
5628   * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11
5629   *	packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211
5630   *	attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
5631   * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the
5632   *	802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may
5633   *	be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute
5634   *	contains the original length.
5635   * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3
5636   *	packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023
5637   *	attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
5638   * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section
5639   *	"TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute
5640   *	containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive
5641   *	the TCP connection.
5642   * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_WAKEUP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the
5643   *	wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection
5644   * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the
5645   *	TCP connection was lost or failed to be established
5646   * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only,
5647   *	the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the
5648   *	service
5649   * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network
5650   *	is detected.  This is a nested attribute that contains the
5651   *	same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN.  It
5652   *	specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the
5653   *	channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan
5654   *	results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets).  This
5655   *	attribute is also sent in a response to
5656   *	@NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets
5657   *	supported by the driver (u32).
5658   * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute
5659   *	containing an array with information about what triggered the
5660   *	wake up.  If no elements are present in the array, it means
5661   *	that the information is not available.  If more than one
5662   *	element is present, it means that more than one match
5663   *	occurred.
5664   *	Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains
5665   *	one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional
5666   *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute.  At least one of
5667   *	these attributes must be present.  If
5668   *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one
5669   *	frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one
5670   *	channel.
5671   * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers
5672   * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number
5673   *
5674   * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and
5675   * to report the wakeup reason(s).
5676   */
5677  enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers {
5678  	__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID,
5679  	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY,
5680  	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT,
5681  	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT,
5682  	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN,
5683  	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED,
5684  	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE,
5685  	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST,
5686  	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE,
5687  	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE,
5688  	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211,
5689  	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN,
5690  	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023,
5691  	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN,
5692  	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION,
5693  	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH,
5694  	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST,
5695  	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS,
5696  	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT,
5697  	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS,
5698  
5699  	/* keep last */
5700  	NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG,
5701  	MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1
5702  };
5703  
5704  /**
5705   * DOC: TCP connection wakeup
5706   *
5707   * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a
5708   * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If
5709   * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given
5710   * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data
5711   * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK.
5712   * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence
5713   * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also
5714   * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive
5715   * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc.
5716   *
5717   * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the
5718   * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern
5719   * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the
5720   * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is
5721   * also woken up.
5722   *
5723   * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP
5724   * response packets might not go through correctly.
5725   */
5726  
5727  /**
5728   * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence
5729   * @start: starting value
5730   * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet
5731   * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4
5732   *
5733   * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the
5734   * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet
5735   * in little endian.
5736   */
5737  struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq {
5738  	__u32 start, offset, len;
5739  };
5740  
5741  /**
5742   * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config
5743   * @offset: offset of token in packet
5744   * @len: length of each token
5745   * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must
5746   *	be a multiple of @len for this to make sense
5747   */
5748  struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token {
5749  	__u32 offset, len;
5750  	__u8 token_stream[];
5751  };
5752  
5753  /**
5754   * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features
5755   * @min_len: minimum token length
5756   * @max_len: maximum token length
5757   * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream)
5758   */
5759  struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature {
5760  	__u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize;
5761  };
5762  
5763  /**
5764   * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters
5765   * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5766   * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order)
5767   * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address
5768   *	(in network byte order)
5769   * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because
5770   *	route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend,
5771   *	and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it
5772   *	might require ARP querying.
5773   * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a
5774   *	socket and port will be allocated
5775   * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16)
5776   * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte.
5777   *	For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length
5778   *	of the data payload.
5779   * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration
5780   *	(if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature
5781   *	advertising it is just a flag
5782   * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration,
5783   *	see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see
5784   *	&struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature.
5785   * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum
5786   *	interval in feature advertising (u32)
5787   * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a
5788   *	u32 attribute holding the maximum length
5789   * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for
5790   *	feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
5791   *	but on the TCP payload only.
5792   * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes
5793   * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number
5794   */
5795  enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs {
5796  	__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID,
5797  	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4,
5798  	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4,
5799  	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC,
5800  	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT,
5801  	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT,
5802  	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD,
5803  	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ,
5804  	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN,
5805  	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL,
5806  	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD,
5807  	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK,
5808  
5809  	/* keep last */
5810  	NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP,
5811  	MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1
5812  };
5813  
5814  /**
5815   * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information
5816   * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported
5817   * @pat: packet pattern support information
5818   * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs
5819   *
5820   * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the
5821   * capability information given by the kernel to userspace.
5822   */
5823  struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support {
5824  	__u32 max_rules;
5825  	struct nl80211_pattern_support pat;
5826  	__u32 max_delay;
5827  } __attribute__((packed));
5828  
5829  /**
5830   * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute
5831   * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
5832   * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing
5833   * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence,
5834   *	see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition.
5835   * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched
5836   *	after these fixed number of bytes of received packet
5837   * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes
5838   * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number
5839   */
5840  enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule {
5841  	__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID,
5842  	NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY,
5843  	NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION,
5844  	NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN,
5845  
5846  	/* keep last */
5847  	NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
5848  	NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1
5849  };
5850  
5851  /**
5852   * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions
5853   * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalaesce Rx packets when patterns
5854   *	in a rule are matched.
5855   * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns
5856   *	in a rule are not matched.
5857   */
5858  enum nl80211_coalesce_condition {
5859  	NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH,
5860  	NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH
5861  };
5862  
5863  /**
5864   * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes
5865   * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved)
5866   * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that
5867   *	can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32)
5868   * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a
5869   *	flag attribute for each interface type in this set
5870   * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes
5871   * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number
5872   */
5873  enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs {
5874  	NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC,
5875  	NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX,
5876  	NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES,
5877  	NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_1,
5878  	NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_2,
5879  	NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_3,
5880  
5881  	/* keep last */
5882  	NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT,
5883  	MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1
5884  };
5885  
5886  /**
5887   * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes
5888   *
5889   * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved)
5890   * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits
5891   *	for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs.
5892   * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of
5893   *	interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't
5894   *	apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed
5895   *	in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE.
5896   * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that
5897   *	beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for
5898   *	infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt
5899   *	the infrastructure network's beacon interval.
5900   * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many
5901   *	different channels may be used within this group.
5902   * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
5903   *	of supported channel widths for radar detection.
5904   * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
5905   *	of supported regulatory regions for radar detection.
5906   * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD: u32 attribute specifying the minimum GCD of
5907   *	different beacon intervals supported by all the interface combinations
5908   *	in this group (if not present, all beacon intervals be identical).
5909   * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes
5910   * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number
5911   *
5912   * Examples:
5913   *	limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2
5914   *	=> allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs
5915   *
5916   *	numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], BI min gcd, channels = 1, max = 8,
5917   *	=> allows 8 of AP/GO that can have BI gcd >= min gcd
5918   *
5919   *	numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2
5920   *	=> allows two STAs on the same or on different channels
5921   *
5922   *	numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4
5923   *	=> allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces
5924   *
5925   * The list of these four possibilities could completely be contained
5926   * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate
5927   * that any of these groups must match.
5928   *
5929   * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here,
5930   * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always
5931   * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid
5932   * interface type, the following group always exists:
5933   *	numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1
5934   */
5935  enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs {
5936  	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC,
5937  	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS,
5938  	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM,
5939  	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH,
5940  	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS,
5941  	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS,
5942  	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS,
5943  	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD,
5944  	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_1,
5945  	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_2,
5946  	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_3,
5947  	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_4,
5948  	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_5,
5949  
5950  	/* keep last */
5951  	NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB,
5952  	MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1
5953  };
5954  
5955  
5956  /**
5957   * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine
5958   *
5959   * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit
5960   *	state of non existent mesh peer links
5961   * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to
5962   *	this mesh peer
5963   * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received
5964   *	from this mesh peer
5965   * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been
5966   *	received from this mesh peer
5967   * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established
5968   * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled
5969   * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh
5970   *	plink are discarded, except for authentication frames
5971   * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states
5972   * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states
5973   */
5974  enum nl80211_plink_state {
5975  	NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN,
5976  	NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT,
5977  	NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD,
5978  	NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD,
5979  	NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB,
5980  	NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING,
5981  	NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED,
5982  
5983  	/* keep last */
5984  	NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES,
5985  	MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1
5986  };
5987  
5988  /**
5989   * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers
5990   *
5991   * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action
5992   * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment
5993   * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer
5994   * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions
5995   */
5996  enum plink_actions {
5997  	NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION,
5998  	NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN,
5999  	NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK,
6000  
6001  	NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS,
6002  };
6003  
6004  
6005  #define NL80211_KCK_LEN			16
6006  #define NL80211_KEK_LEN			16
6007  #define NL80211_KCK_EXT_LEN		24
6008  #define NL80211_KEK_EXT_LEN		32
6009  #define NL80211_KCK_EXT_LEN_32		32
6010  #define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN		8
6011  
6012  /**
6013   * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload
6014   * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
6015   * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary)
6016   * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary)
6017   * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary)
6018   * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM: AKM data (OUI, suite type)
6019   * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal)
6020   * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal)
6021   */
6022  enum nl80211_rekey_data {
6023  	__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID,
6024  	NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK,
6025  	NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK,
6026  	NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR,
6027  	NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM,
6028  
6029  	/* keep last */
6030  	NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA,
6031  	MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1
6032  };
6033  
6034  /**
6035   * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID
6036   * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in
6037   *	Beacon frames)
6038   * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element
6039   *	in Beacon frames
6040   * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID
6041   *	element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID
6042   */
6043  enum nl80211_hidden_ssid {
6044  	NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE,
6045  	NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN,
6046  	NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS
6047  };
6048  
6049  /**
6050   * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes
6051   * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
6052   * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format
6053   *	is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field.
6054   * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same
6055   *	as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down).
6056   * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal
6057   * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute
6058   */
6059  enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr {
6060  	__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID,
6061  	NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES,
6062  	NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP,
6063  
6064  	/* keep last */
6065  	__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST,
6066  	NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1
6067  };
6068  
6069  /**
6070   * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates
6071   * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
6072   * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher
6073   *	priority)
6074   * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets)
6075   * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag)
6076   * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes
6077   *	(internal)
6078   * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute
6079   *	(internal)
6080   */
6081  enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr {
6082  	__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID,
6083  	NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX,
6084  	NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID,
6085  	NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH,
6086  
6087  	/* keep last */
6088  	NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
6089  	MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1
6090  };
6091  
6092  /**
6093   * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION
6094   * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request
6095   * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link
6096   * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established
6097   * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link
6098   * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link
6099   */
6100  enum nl80211_tdls_operation {
6101  	NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ,
6102  	NL80211_TDLS_SETUP,
6103  	NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN,
6104  	NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK,
6105  	NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK,
6106  };
6107  
6108  /**
6109   * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features
6110   * @NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD: SA Query procedures offloaded to driver
6111   *	when user space indicates support for SA Query procedures offload during
6112   *	"start ap" with %NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT.
6113   */
6114  enum nl80211_ap_sme_features {
6115  	NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD		= 1 << 0,
6116  	NL80211_AP_SME_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_1	= 1 << 1,
6117  	NL80211_AP_SME_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_2	= 1 << 2,
6118  	NL80211_AP_SME_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_3	= 1 << 3,
6119  };
6120  
6121  /**
6122   * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features
6123   * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back
6124   *	TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the
6125   *	socket option.
6126   * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates.
6127   * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up
6128   *	the connected inactive stations in AP mode.
6129   * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested
6130   *	to work properly to support receiving regulatory hints from
6131   *	cellular base stations.
6132   * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only
6133   *	here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility)
6134   * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of
6135   *	equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station
6136   *	mode
6137   * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan
6138   * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported
6139   * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif
6140   * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting
6141   * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform
6142   *	OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only
6143   *	for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied.
6144   * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window
6145   *	setting
6146   * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic
6147   *	powersave
6148   * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state
6149   *	transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver
6150   *	doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding
6151   *	stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated
6152   *	state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag
6153   *	they should be added before even sending the authentication reply
6154   *	and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized
6155   *	states using station flags.
6156   *	Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add
6157   *	stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated
6158   *	stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask.
6159   * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits
6160   *	(HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set
6161   * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh
6162   *	Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for
6163   *	beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is
6164   *	still generated by the driver.
6165   * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor
6166   *	interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor
6167   *	interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming
6168   *	unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed.
6169   * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic
6170   *	channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the
6171   *	lifetime of a BSS.
6172   * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter
6173   *	Set IE to probe requests.
6174   * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE
6175   *	to probe requests.
6176   * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period
6177   *	requests sent to it by an AP.
6178   * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the
6179   *	current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum
6180   *	management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link
6181   *	Measurement Report action frame.
6182   * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout
6183   *	estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used
6184   *	to enable dynack.
6185   * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial
6186   *	multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
6187   *	even on HT connections that should be using more chains.
6188   * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial
6189   *	multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
6190   *	and then wake the rest up as required after, for example,
6191   *	rts/cts handshake.
6192   * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM
6193   *	TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS
6194   *	command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it
6195   *	needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things.
6196   * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring
6197   *	the vif's MAC address upon creation.
6198   *	See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h).
6199   * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when
6200   *	operating as a TDLS peer.
6201   * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
6202   *	random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the
6203   *	%NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC
6204   *	address mask/value will be used.
6205   * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports
6206   *	using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled
6207   *	scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
6208   *	be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
6209   * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
6210   *	random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e.
6211   *	scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
6212   *	be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
6213   */
6214  enum nl80211_feature_flags {
6215  	NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS			= 1 << 0,
6216  	NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS				= 1 << 1,
6217  	NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER		= 1 << 2,
6218  	NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS		= 1 << 3,
6219  	NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL	= 1 << 4,
6220  	NL80211_FEATURE_SAE				= 1 << 5,
6221  	NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN		= 1 << 6,
6222  	NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH			= 1 << 7,
6223  	NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN				= 1 << 8,
6224  	NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER			= 1 << 9,
6225  	NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN			= 1 << 10,
6226  	NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN			= 1 << 11,
6227  	NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS			= 1 << 12,
6228  	/* bit 13 is reserved */
6229  	NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS		= 1 << 14,
6230  	NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE		= 1 << 15,
6231  	NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM			= 1 << 16,
6232  	NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR			= 1 << 17,
6233  	NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE	= 1 << 18,
6234  	NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES	= 1 << 19,
6235  	NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES		= 1 << 20,
6236  	NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET				= 1 << 21,
6237  	NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION		= 1 << 22,
6238  	NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION		= 1 << 23,
6239  	NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS			= 1 << 24,
6240  	NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS			= 1 << 25,
6241  	NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION		= 1 << 26,
6242  	NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE			= 1 << 27,
6243  	NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH		= 1 << 28,
6244  	NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR		= 1 << 29,
6245  	NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR	= 1 << 30,
6246  	NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR		= 1U << 31,
6247  };
6248  
6249  /**
6250   * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features.
6251   * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates.
6252   * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can
6253   *	request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with
6254   *	%NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set
6255   *	the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if
6256   *	NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertized.
6257   * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER: This device supports MU-MIMO air
6258   *	sniffer which means that it can be configured to hear packets from
6259   *	certain groups which can be configured by the
6260   *	%NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA attribute,
6261   *	or can be configured to follow a station by configuring the
6262   *	%NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR attribute.
6263   * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME: This driver includes the actual
6264   *	time the scan started in scan results event. The time is the TSF of
6265   *	the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
6266   *	(if available).
6267   * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF: Per BSS, this driver reports the
6268   *	time the last beacon/probe was received. The time is the TSF of the
6269   *	BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
6270   *	(if available).
6271   * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL: This driver supports configuration of
6272   *	channel dwell time.
6273   * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY: Driver supports beacon rate
6274   *	configuration (AP/mesh), supporting a legacy (non HT/VHT) rate.
6275   * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT: Driver supports beacon rate
6276   *	configuration (AP/mesh) with HT rates.
6277   * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT: Driver supports beacon rate
6278   *	configuration (AP/mesh) with VHT rates.
6279   * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA: This driver supports Fast Initial Link Setup
6280   *	with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station mode.
6281   * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA: This driver supports randomized TA
6282   *	in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while not associated.
6283   * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED: This driver supports
6284   *	randomized TA in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while associated.
6285   * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: The driver supports sched_scan
6286   *	for reporting BSSs with better RSSI than the current connected BSS
6287   *	(%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI).
6288   * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST: With this driver the
6289   *	%NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD attribute accepts a list of zero or more
6290   *	RSSI threshold values to monitor rather than exactly one threshold.
6291   * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD: Driver SME supports FILS shared key
6292   *	authentication with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
6293   * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way
6294   *	handshake with PSK in station mode (PSK is passed as part of the connect
6295   *	and associate commands), doing it in the host might not be supported.
6296   * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X: Device wants to do doing 4-way
6297   *	handshake with 802.1X in station mode (will pass EAP frames to the host
6298   *	and accept the set_pmk/del_pmk commands), doing it in the host might not
6299   *	be supported.
6300   * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: Driver is capable of overriding
6301   *	the max channel attribute in the FILS request params IE with the
6302   *	actual dwell time.
6303   * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver accepts broadcast probe
6304   *	response
6305   * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: Driver supports sending
6306   *	the first probe request in each channel at rate of at least 5.5Mbps.
6307   * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: Driver supports
6308   *	probe request tx deferral and suppression
6309   * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL: Driver supports the %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL
6310   *	value in %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP.
6311   * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN: Driver supports low span scan.
6312   * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN: Driver supports low power scan.
6313   * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN: Driver supports high accuracy scan.
6314   * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD: HW/driver will offload DFS actions.
6315   *	Device or driver will do all DFS-related actions by itself,
6316   *	informing user-space about CAC progress, radar detection event,
6317   *	channel change triggered by radar detection event.
6318   *	No need to start CAC from user-space, no need to react to
6319   *	"radar detected" event.
6320   * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: Driver supports sending and
6321   *	receiving control port frames over nl80211 instead of the netdevice.
6322   * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT: This driver/device supports
6323   *	(average) ACK signal strength reporting.
6324   * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS: Driver supports FQ-CoDel-enabled intermediate
6325   *      TXQs.
6326   * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN: Driver/device supports randomizing the
6327   *	SN in probe request frames if requested by %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN.
6328   * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: Driver/device can omit all data
6329   *	except for supported rates from the probe request content if requested
6330   *	by the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT flag.
6331   * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER: Driver supports enabling fine
6332   *	timing measurement responder role.
6333   *
6334   * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0: Driver/device confirm that they are
6335   *      able to rekey an in-use key correctly. Userspace must not rekey PTK keys
6336   *      if this flag is not set. Ignoring this can leak clear text packets and/or
6337   *      freeze the connection.
6338   * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: Driver supports "Extended Key ID for
6339   *      Individually Addressed Frames" from IEEE802.11-2016.
6340   *
6341   * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS: Driver supports getting airtime
6342   *	fairness for transmitted packets and has enabled airtime fairness
6343   *	scheduling.
6344   *
6345   * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING: Driver/device supports PMKSA caching
6346   *	(set/del PMKSA operations) in AP mode.
6347   *
6348   * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD: Driver supports
6349   *	filtering of sched scan results using band specific RSSI thresholds.
6350   *
6351   * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR: This driver supports controlling tx power
6352   *	to a station.
6353   *
6354   * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD: Device wants to do SAE authentication in
6355   *	station mode (SAE password is passed as part of the connect command).
6356   *
6357   * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD: The driver supports a single netdev
6358   *	with VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs added using
6359   *	vconfig similarly to the Ethernet case.
6360   *
6361   * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL: The driver supports the Airtime Queue Limit (AQL)
6362   *	feature, which prevents bufferbloat by using the expected transmission
6363   *	time to limit the amount of data buffered in the hardware.
6364   *
6365   * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION: The driver supports Beacon protection
6366   *	and can receive key configuration for BIGTK using key indexes 6 and 7.
6367   * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT: The driver supports Beacon
6368   *	protection as a client only and cannot transmit protected beacons.
6369   *
6370   * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: The driver can disable the
6371   *	forwarding of preauth frames over the control port. They are then
6372   *	handled as ordinary data frames.
6373   *
6374   * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT: Driver supports protected TWT frames
6375   *
6376   * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA: The driver supports removing stations
6377   *      in IBSS mode, essentially by dropping their state.
6378   *
6379   * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS: management frame registrations
6380   *	are possible for multicast frames and those will be reported properly.
6381   *
6382   * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: This driver supports receiving and
6383   *	reporting scan request with %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. In order to
6384   *	report %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ must be
6385   *	included in the scan request.
6386   *
6387   * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS: The driver
6388   *	can report tx status for control port over nl80211 tx operations.
6389   *
6390   * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION: Driver supports Operating
6391   *	Channel Validation (OCV) when using driver's SME for RSNA handshakes.
6392   *
6393   * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way
6394   *	handshake with PSK in AP mode (PSK is passed as part of the start AP
6395   *	command).
6396   *
6397   * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP: Device wants to do SAE authentication
6398   *	in AP mode (SAE password is passed as part of the start AP command).
6399   *
6400   * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY: Driver/device supports FILS discovery
6401   *	frames transmission
6402   *
6403   * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver/device supports
6404   *	unsolicited broadcast probe response transmission
6405   *
6406   * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE: Driver supports beacon rate
6407   *	configuration (AP/mesh) with HE rates.
6408   *
6409   * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_LTF: Device supports secure LTF measurement
6410   *      exchange protocol.
6411   *
6412   * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_RTT: Device supports secure RTT measurement
6413   *      exchange protocol.
6414   *
6415   * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROT_RANGE_NEGO_AND_MEASURE: Device supports management
6416   *      frame protection for all management frames exchanged during the
6417   *      negotiation and range measurement procedure.
6418   *
6419   * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_COLOR: The driver supports BSS color collision
6420   *	detection and change announcemnts.
6421   *
6422   * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD: Driver running in AP mode supports
6423   *	FILS encryption and decryption for (Re)Association Request and Response
6424   *	frames. Userspace has to share FILS AAD details to the driver by using
6425   *	@NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD.
6426   *
6427   * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RADAR_BACKGROUND: Device supports background radar/CAC
6428   *	detection.
6429   *
6430   * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_POWERED_ADDR_CHANGE: Device can perform a MAC address
6431   *	change without having to bring the underlying network device down
6432   *	first. For example, in station mode this can be used to vary the
6433   *	origin MAC address prior to a connection to a new AP for privacy
6434   *	or other reasons. Note that certain driver specific restrictions
6435   *	might apply, e.g. no scans in progress, no offchannel operations
6436   *	in progress, and no active connections.
6437   *
6438   * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PUNCT: Driver supports preamble puncturing in AP mode.
6439   *
6440   * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_NAN: Device supports NAN Pairing which enables
6441   *	authentication, data encryption and message integrity.
6442   *
6443   * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AUTH_AND_DEAUTH_RANDOM_TA: Device supports randomized TA
6444   *	in authentication and deauthentication frames sent to unassociated peer
6445   *	using @NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
6446   *
6447   * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD: Driver/Device wants to do OWE DH IE
6448   *	handling in station mode.
6449   *
6450   * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD_AP: Driver/Device wants to do OWE DH IE
6451   *	handling in AP mode.
6452   *
6453   * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features.
6454   * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index.
6455   */
6456  enum nl80211_ext_feature_index {
6457  	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS,
6458  	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM,
6459  	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER,
6460  	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME,
6461  	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
6462  	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL,
6463  	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
6464  	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT,
6465  	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT,
6466  	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA,
6467  	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA,
6468  	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED,
6469  	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
6470  	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST,
6471  	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD,
6472  	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK,
6473  	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X,
6474  	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME,
6475  	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
6476  	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE,
6477  	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION,
6478  	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL,
6479  	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN,
6480  	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN,
6481  	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN,
6482  	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD,
6483  	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211,
6484  	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT,
6485  	/* we renamed this - stay compatible */
6486  	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT = NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT,
6487  	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS,
6488  	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN,
6489  	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT,
6490  	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0,
6491  	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER,
6492  	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS,
6493  	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING,
6494  	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD,
6495  	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID,
6496  	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR,
6497  	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD,
6498  	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD,
6499  	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL,
6500  	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION,
6501  	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH,
6502  	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT,
6503  	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA,
6504  	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS,
6505  	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT,
6506  	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ,
6507  	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS,
6508  	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION,
6509  	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK,
6510  	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP,
6511  	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY,
6512  	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
6513  	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE,
6514  	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_LTF,
6515  	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_RTT,
6516  	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROT_RANGE_NEGO_AND_MEASURE,
6517  	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_COLOR,
6518  	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD,
6519  	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RADAR_BACKGROUND,
6520  	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_POWERED_ADDR_CHANGE,
6521  	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PUNCT,
6522  	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_NAN,
6523  	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AUTH_AND_DEAUTH_RANDOM_TA,
6524  	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD,
6525  	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD_AP,
6526  	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_3,
6527  	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_4,
6528  	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_5,
6529  	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_6,
6530  	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_7,
6531  	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_8,
6532  	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_9,
6533  	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_10,
6534  	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_11,
6535  	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_12,
6536  	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_13,
6537  	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_14,
6538  	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_15,
6539  
6540  	/* add new features before the definition below */
6541  	NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES,
6542  	MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES = NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES - 1
6543  };
6544  
6545  /**
6546   * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported
6547   *	protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW.
6548   *	To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute.
6549   *	Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported
6550   *	protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a
6551   *	supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded
6552   *	to the host.
6553   *
6554   * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1
6555   * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2
6556   * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P
6557   * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u
6558   */
6559  enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr {
6560  	NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS =	1<<0,
6561  	NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 =	1<<1,
6562  	NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P =	1<<2,
6563  	NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U =	1<<3,
6564  };
6565  
6566  /**
6567   * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons
6568   * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be
6569   *	handled by the AP is reached.
6570   * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL.
6571   */
6572  enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason {
6573  	NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS,
6574  	NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT,
6575  };
6576  
6577  /**
6578   * enum nl80211_timeout_reason - timeout reasons
6579   *
6580   * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED: Timeout reason unspecified.
6581   * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN: Scan (AP discovery) timed out.
6582   * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH: Authentication timed out.
6583   * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC: Association timed out.
6584   */
6585  enum nl80211_timeout_reason {
6586  	NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED,
6587  	NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN,
6588  	NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH,
6589  	NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC,
6590  };
6591  
6592  /**
6593   * enum nl80211_scan_flags -  scan request control flags
6594   *
6595   * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling
6596   * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN
6597   * requests.
6598   *
6599   * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN, NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER, and
6600   * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY flags are exclusive of each other, i.e., only
6601   * one of them can be used in the request.
6602   *
6603   * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority
6604   * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning
6605   * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured
6606   *	as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is
6607   *	dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames
6608   *	will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only
6609   *	when really needed
6610   * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or
6611   *	for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the
6612   *	flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and
6613   *	@NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only
6614   *	the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder
6615   *	randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits,
6616   *	locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed.
6617   *	This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check
6618   *	the nl80211 feature flags for the device.
6619   * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: fill the dwell time in the FILS
6620   *	request parameters IE in the probe request
6621   * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: accept broadcast probe responses
6622   * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: send probe request frames at
6623   *	rate of at least 5.5M. In case non OCE AP is discovered in the channel,
6624   *	only the first probe req in the channel will be sent in high rate.
6625   * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: allow probe request
6626   *	tx deferral (dot11FILSProbeDelay shall be set to 15ms)
6627   *	and suppression (if it has received a broadcast Probe Response frame,
6628   *	Beacon frame or FILS Discovery frame from an AP that the STA considers
6629   *	a suitable candidate for (re-)association - suitable in terms of
6630   *	SSID and/or RSSI.
6631   * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN: Span corresponds to the total time taken to
6632   *	accomplish the scan. Thus, this flag intends the driver to perform the
6633   *	scan request with lesser span/duration. It is specific to the driver
6634   *	implementations on how this is accomplished. Scan accuracy may get
6635   *	impacted with this flag.
6636   * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER: This flag intends the scan attempts to consume
6637   *	optimal possible power. Drivers can resort to their specific means to
6638   *	optimize the power. Scan accuracy may get impacted with this flag.
6639   * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY: Accuracy here intends to the extent of scan
6640   *	results obtained. Thus HIGH_ACCURACY scan flag aims to get maximum
6641   *	possible scan results. This flag hints the driver to use the best
6642   *	possible scan configuration to improve the accuracy in scanning.
6643   *	Latency and power use may get impacted with this flag.
6644   * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN: randomize the sequence number in probe
6645   *	request frames from this scan to avoid correlation/tracking being
6646   *	possible.
6647   * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: minimize probe request content to
6648   *	only have supported rates and no additional capabilities (unless
6649   *	added by userspace explicitly.)
6650   * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ: report scan results with
6651   *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. This also means
6652   *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES will not be included.
6653   * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ: scan for colocated APs reported by
6654   *	2.4/5 GHz APs
6655   */
6656  enum nl80211_scan_flags {
6657  	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY				= 1<<0,
6658  	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH					= 1<<1,
6659  	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP					= 1<<2,
6660  	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR				= 1<<3,
6661  	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME			= 1<<4,
6662  	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP		= 1<<5,
6663  	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE		= 1<<6,
6664  	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION	= 1<<7,
6665  	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN				= 1<<8,
6666  	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER				= 1<<9,
6667  	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY				= 1<<10,
6668  	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN				= 1<<11,
6669  	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT			= 1<<12,
6670  	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ				= 1<<13,
6671  	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ			= 1<<14,
6672  	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_1		= 1<<15,
6673  	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_2		= 1<<16,
6674  	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_3		= 1<<17,
6675  	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_4		= 1<<18,
6676  	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_5		= 1<<19,
6677  };
6678  
6679  /**
6680   * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy
6681   *
6682   * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by
6683   * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to
6684   * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY.
6685   *
6686   * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are
6687   *	listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed
6688   *	in ACL to authenticate.
6689   * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed
6690   *	in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL.
6691   */
6692  enum nl80211_acl_policy {
6693  	NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED,
6694  	NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED,
6695  };
6696  
6697  /**
6698   * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode
6699   *
6700   * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode)
6701   *
6702   * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas).
6703   * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna)
6704   * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and
6705   *	turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS).
6706   */
6707  enum nl80211_smps_mode {
6708  	NL80211_SMPS_OFF,
6709  	NL80211_SMPS_STATIC,
6710  	NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC,
6711  
6712  	__NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST,
6713  	NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1
6714  };
6715  
6716  /**
6717   * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation
6718   *
6719   * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace
6720   * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC)
6721   *
6722   * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is
6723   *	now unusable.
6724   * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished,
6725   *	the channel is now available.
6726   * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no
6727   *	change to the channel status.
6728   * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is
6729   *	over, channel becomes usable.
6730   * @NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED: Channel Availability Check done on this
6731   *	non-operating channel is expired and no longer valid. New CAC must
6732   *	be done on this channel before starting the operation. This is not
6733   *	applicable for ETSI dfs domain where pre-CAC is valid for ever.
6734   * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED: Channel Availability Check has been started,
6735   *	should be generated by HW if NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD is enabled.
6736   */
6737  enum nl80211_radar_event {
6738  	NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED,
6739  	NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED,
6740  	NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED,
6741  	NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED,
6742  	NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED,
6743  	NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED,
6744  };
6745  
6746  /**
6747   * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels
6748   *
6749   * Channel states used by the DFS code.
6750   *
6751   * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability
6752   *	check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS.
6753   * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it
6754   *	is therefore marked as not available.
6755   * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available.
6756   */
6757  enum nl80211_dfs_state {
6758  	NL80211_DFS_USABLE,
6759  	NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE,
6760  	NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE,
6761  };
6762  
6763  /**
6764   * enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features
6765   * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting
6766   *	wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute
6767   *	%NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the
6768   *	wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or
6769   *	%NL80211_ATTR_WDEV.
6770   */
6771  enum nl80211_protocol_features {
6772  	NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP =	1 << 0,
6773  };
6774  
6775  /**
6776   * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers
6777   *
6778   * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified.
6779   * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol.
6780   * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol.
6781   * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol.
6782   * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last.
6783   */
6784  enum nl80211_crit_proto_id {
6785  	NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC,
6786  	NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP,
6787  	NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL,
6788  	NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA,
6789  	/* add other protocols before this one */
6790  	NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO
6791  };
6792  
6793  /* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */
6794  #define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION		5000 /* msec */
6795  
6796  /**
6797   * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame.
6798   *
6799   * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt()
6800   *
6801   * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver.
6802   * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH: Host driver intends to offload
6803   *	the authentication. Exclusively defined for host drivers that
6804   *	advertises the SME functionality but would like the userspace
6805   *	to handle certain authentication algorithms (e.g. SAE).
6806   */
6807  enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags {
6808  	NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0,
6809  	NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH = 1 << 1,
6810  };
6811  
6812  /*
6813   * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set
6814   * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated
6815   * yet, so that's not valid so far)
6816   */
6817  #define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX	0x80000000
6818  
6819  /**
6820   * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data
6821   * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the
6822   *	value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID
6823   *	may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be
6824   *	added to this file when needed.
6825   * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command
6826   */
6827  struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info {
6828  	__u32 vendor_id;
6829  	__u32 subcmd;
6830  };
6831  
6832  /**
6833   * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags.
6834   *
6835   * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need
6836   * to be added to TDLS Setup frames.
6837   *
6838   * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable.
6839   * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable.
6840   * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable.
6841   * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HE: TDLS peer is HE capable.
6842   */
6843  enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability {
6844  	NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0,
6845  	NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1,
6846  	NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2,
6847  	NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HE = 1<<3,
6848  	NL80211_TDLS_PEER_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_1 = 1<<4,
6849  	NL80211_TDLS_PEER_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_2 = 1<<5,
6850  	NL80211_TDLS_PEER_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_3 = 1<<6,
6851  };
6852  
6853  /**
6854   * enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan
6855   * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
6856   * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In
6857   *	seconds (u32).
6858   * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this
6859   *	scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute
6860   *	because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will
6861   *	make the scan plan meaningless.
6862   * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number
6863   *	currently defined
6864   * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use
6865   */
6866  enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan {
6867  	__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID,
6868  	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
6869  	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
6870  
6871  	/* keep last */
6872  	__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST,
6873  	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX =
6874  		__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST - 1
6875  };
6876  
6877  /**
6878   * struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters.
6879   *
6880   * @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment. The value
6881   *	of this field is according to &enum nl80211_band.
6882   * @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS in dB.
6883   */
6884  struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust {
6885  	__u8 band;
6886  	__s8 delta;
6887  } __attribute__((packed));
6888  
6889  /**
6890   * enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection.
6891   *
6892   * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved.
6893   * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection
6894   *	is requested.
6895   * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS
6896   *	selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred.
6897   *	When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver
6898   *	shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of
6899   *	this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32).
6900   * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
6901   *	BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
6902   *	RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
6903   *	value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
6904   * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number.
6905   * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use.
6906   *
6907   * One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT
6908   * for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour
6909   * which the driver shall use.
6910   */
6911  enum nl80211_bss_select_attr {
6912  	__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID,
6913  	NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI,
6914  	NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF,
6915  	NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
6916  
6917  	/* keep last */
6918  	__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
6919  	NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
6920  };
6921  
6922  /**
6923   * enum nl80211_nan_function_type - NAN function type
6924   *
6925   * Defines the function type of a NAN function
6926   *
6927   * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH: function is publish
6928   * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE: function is subscribe
6929   * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP: function is follow-up
6930   */
6931  enum nl80211_nan_function_type {
6932  	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH,
6933  	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE,
6934  	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP,
6935  
6936  	/* keep last */
6937  	__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST,
6938  	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE = __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST - 1,
6939  };
6940  
6941  /**
6942   * enum nl80211_nan_publish_type - NAN publish tx type
6943   *
6944   * Defines how to send publish Service Discovery Frames
6945   *
6946   * @NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is solicited
6947   * @NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is unsolicited
6948   */
6949  enum nl80211_nan_publish_type {
6950  	NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 0,
6951  	NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 1,
6952  };
6953  
6954  /**
6955   * enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason - NAN functions termination reason
6956   *
6957   * Defines termination reasons of a NAN function
6958   *
6959   * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST: requested by user
6960   * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED: timeout
6961   * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR: errored
6962   */
6963  enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason {
6964  	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST,
6965  	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED,
6966  	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR,
6967  };
6968  
6969  #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN 6
6970  #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_SPEC_INFO_MAX_LEN 0xff
6971  #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF_MAX_LEN 0xff
6972  
6973  /**
6974   * enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes - NAN function attributes
6975   * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID: invalid
6976   * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type (u8).
6977   * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID: 6 bytes of the service ID hash as
6978   *	specified in NAN spec. This is a binary attribute.
6979   * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE: relevant if the function's type is
6980   *	publish. Defines the transmission type for the publish Service Discovery
6981   *	Frame, see &enum nl80211_nan_publish_type. Its type is u8.
6982   * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST: relevant if the function is a solicited
6983   *	publish. Should the solicited publish Service Discovery Frame be sent to
6984   *	the NAN Broadcast address. This is a flag.
6985   * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE: relevant if the function's type is
6986   *	subscribe. Is the subscribe active. This is a flag.
6987   * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID: relevant if the function's type is follow up.
6988   *	The instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is u8.
6989   * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID: relevant if the function's type
6990   *	is follow up. This is a u8.
6991   *	The requestor instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame.
6992   * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST: the MAC address of the recipient of the
6993   *	follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is a binary attribute.
6994   * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE: is this function limited for devices in a
6995   *	close range. The range itself (RSSI) is defined by the device.
6996   *	This is a flag.
6997   * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL: strictly positive number of DWs this function should
6998   *	stay active. If not present infinite TTL is assumed. This is a u32.
6999   * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO: array of bytes describing the service
7000   *	specific info. This is a binary attribute.
7001   * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF: Service Receive Filter. This is a nested attribute.
7002   *	See &enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes.
7003   * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER: Receive Matching filter. This is a nested
7004   *	attribute. It is a list of binary values.
7005   * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER: Transmit Matching filter. This is a
7006   *	nested attribute. It is a list of binary values.
7007   * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID: The instance ID of the function.
7008   *	Its type is u8 and it cannot be 0.
7009   * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON: NAN function termination reason.
7010   *	See &enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason.
7011   *
7012   * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR: internal
7013   * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN function attribute
7014   */
7015  enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes {
7016  	__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID,
7017  	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE,
7018  	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID,
7019  	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE,
7020  	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST,
7021  	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE,
7022  	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID,
7023  	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID,
7024  	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST,
7025  	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE,
7026  	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL,
7027  	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO,
7028  	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF,
7029  	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER,
7030  	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER,
7031  	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID,
7032  	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON,
7033  
7034  	/* keep last */
7035  	NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR,
7036  	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR - 1
7037  };
7038  
7039  /**
7040   * enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes - NAN Service Response filter attributes
7041   * @__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID: invalid
7042   * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE: present if the include bit of the SRF set.
7043   *	This is a flag.
7044   * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF: Bloom Filter. Present if and only if
7045   *	%NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS isn't present. This attribute is binary.
7046   * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX: index of the Bloom Filter. Mandatory if
7047   *	%NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF is present. This is a u8.
7048   * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS: list of MAC addresses for the SRF. Present if
7049   *	and only if %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF isn't present. This is a nested
7050   *	attribute. Each nested attribute is a MAC address.
7051   * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR: internal
7052   * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN SRF attribute
7053   */
7054  enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes {
7055  	__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID,
7056  	NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE,
7057  	NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF,
7058  	NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX,
7059  	NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS,
7060  
7061  	/* keep last */
7062  	NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR,
7063  	NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR - 1,
7064  };
7065  
7066  /**
7067   * enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes - NAN match attributes
7068   * @__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID: invalid
7069   * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL: the local function that had the
7070   *	match. This is a nested attribute.
7071   *	See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
7072   * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER: the peer function
7073   *	that caused the match. This is a nested attribute.
7074   *	See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
7075   *
7076   * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR: internal
7077   * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN match attribute
7078   */
7079  enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes {
7080  	__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID,
7081  	NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL,
7082  	NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER,
7083  
7084  	/* keep last */
7085  	NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR,
7086  	NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR - 1
7087  };
7088  
7089  /**
7090   * nl80211_external_auth_action - Action to perform with external
7091   *     authentication request. Used by NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION.
7092   * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START: Start the authentication.
7093   * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT: Abort the ongoing authentication.
7094   */
7095  enum nl80211_external_auth_action {
7096  	NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START,
7097  	NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT,
7098  };
7099  
7100  /**
7101   * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes - fine timing measurement
7102   *	responder attributes
7103   * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7104   * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED: FTM responder is enabled
7105   * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: The content of Measurement Report Element
7106   *	(9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 8 - LCI (9.4.2.22.10),
7107   *	i.e. starting with the measurement token
7108   * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVIC: The content of Measurement Report Element
7109   *	(9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 11 - Civic (Section 9.4.2.22.13),
7110   *	i.e. starting with the measurement token
7111   * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7112   * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest FTM responder attribute.
7113   */
7114  enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes {
7115  	__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
7116  
7117  	NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED,
7118  	NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI,
7119  	NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC,
7120  
7121  	/* keep last */
7122  	__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST,
7123  	NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1,
7124  };
7125  
7126  /*
7127   * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics
7128   *
7129   * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS
7130   * when getting FTM responder statistics.
7131   *
7132   * @__NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
7133   * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which all frames
7134   *	were ssfully answered (u32)
7135   * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which part of the
7136   *	frames were successfully answered (u32)
7137   * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM: number of failed FTM sessions (u32)
7138   * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM: number of ASAP sessions (u32)
7139   * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM: number of non-ASAP sessions (u32)
7140   * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC: total sessions durations - gives an
7141   *	indication of how much time the responder was busy (u64, msec)
7142   * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of unknown FTM triggers -
7143   *	triggers from initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation
7144   *	phase with the responder (u32)
7145   * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM: number of FTM reschedule requests
7146   *	- initiator asks for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled
7147   *	FTM slot (u32)
7148   * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of FTM triggers out of
7149   *	scheduled window (u32)
7150   * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD: used for padding, ignore
7151   * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
7152   * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX: highest possible FTM responder stats attribute
7153   */
7154  enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats {
7155  	__NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID,
7156  	NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM,
7157  	NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM,
7158  	NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM,
7159  	NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM,
7160  	NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM,
7161  	NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC,
7162  	NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM,
7163  	NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM,
7164  	NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM,
7165  	NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD,
7166  
7167  	/* keep last */
7168  	__NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST,
7169  	NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST - 1
7170  };
7171  
7172  /**
7173   * enum nl80211_preamble - frame preamble types
7174   * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY: legacy (HR/DSSS, OFDM, ERP PHY) preamble
7175   * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT: HT preamble
7176   * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT: VHT preamble
7177   * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG: DMG preamble
7178   * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE: HE preamble
7179   */
7180  enum nl80211_preamble {
7181  	NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY,
7182  	NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT,
7183  	NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT,
7184  	NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG,
7185  	NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE,
7186  };
7187  
7188  /**
7189   * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type - peer measurement types
7190   * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID: invalid/unused, needed as we use
7191   *	these numbers also for attributes
7192   *
7193   * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM: flight time measurement
7194   *
7195   * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES: internal
7196   * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX: highest type number
7197   */
7198  enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type {
7199  	NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID,
7200  
7201  	NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM,
7202  
7203  	NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES,
7204  	NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES - 1
7205  };
7206  
7207  /**
7208   * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status - peer measurement status
7209   * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS: measurement completed successfully
7210   * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED: measurement was locally refused
7211   * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT: measurement timed out
7212   * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE: measurement failed, a type-dependent
7213   *	reason may be available in the response data
7214   */
7215  enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status {
7216  	NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS,
7217  	NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED,
7218  	NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT,
7219  	NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE,
7220  };
7221  
7222  /**
7223   * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req - peer measurement request attributes
7224   * @__NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7225   *
7226   * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement
7227   *	type-specific request data inside. The attributes used are from the
7228   *	enums named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_req.
7229   * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF: include AP TSF timestamp, if supported
7230   *	(flag attribute)
7231   *
7232   * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS: internal
7233   * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7234   */
7235  enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req {
7236  	__NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID,
7237  
7238  	NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA,
7239  	NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF,
7240  
7241  	/* keep last */
7242  	NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS,
7243  	NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS - 1
7244  };
7245  
7246  /**
7247   * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp - peer measurement response attributes
7248   * @__NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7249   *
7250   * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement
7251   *	type-specific results inside. The attributes used are from the enums
7252   *	named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_resp.
7253   * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS: u32 value with the measurement status
7254   *	(using values from &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status.)
7255   * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME: host time (%CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the
7256   *	result was measured; this value is not expected to be accurate to
7257   *	more than 20ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
7258   * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF: TSF of the AP that the interface
7259   *	doing the measurement is connected to when the result was measured.
7260   *	This shall be accurately reported if supported and requested
7261   *	(u64, usec)
7262   * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL: If results are sent to the host partially
7263   *	(*e.g. with FTM per-burst data) this flag will be cleared on all but
7264   *	the last result; if all results are combined it's set on the single
7265   *	result.
7266   * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD: padding for 64-bit attributes, ignore
7267   *
7268   * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS: internal
7269   * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7270   */
7271  enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp {
7272  	__NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
7273  
7274  	NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA,
7275  	NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS,
7276  	NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME,
7277  	NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF,
7278  	NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL,
7279  	NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD,
7280  
7281  	/* keep last */
7282  	NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS,
7283  	NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS - 1
7284  };
7285  
7286  /**
7287   * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs - peer attributes for measurement
7288   * @__NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7289   *
7290   * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR: peer's MAC address
7291   * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN: channel definition, nested, using top-level
7292   *	attributes like %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ etc.
7293   * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ: This is a nested attribute indexed by
7294   *	measurement type, with attributes from the
7295   *	&enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req inside.
7296   * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP: This is a nested attribute indexed by
7297   *	measurement type, with attributes from the
7298   *	&enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp inside.
7299   *
7300   * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS: internal
7301   * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7302   */
7303  enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs {
7304  	__NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID,
7305  
7306  	NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR,
7307  	NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN,
7308  	NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ,
7309  	NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP,
7310  
7311  	/* keep last */
7312  	NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS,
7313  	NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS - 1,
7314  };
7315  
7316  /**
7317   * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs - peer measurement attributes
7318   * @__NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7319   *
7320   * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS: u32 attribute used for capability
7321   *	advertisement only, indicates the maximum number of peers
7322   *	measurements can be done with in a single request
7323   * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF: flag attribute in capability
7324   *	indicating that the connected AP's TSF can be reported in
7325   *	measurement results
7326   * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR: flag attribute in capability
7327   *	indicating that MAC address randomization is supported.
7328   * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA: capabilities reported by the device,
7329   *	this contains a nesting indexed by measurement type, and
7330   *	type-specific capabilities inside, which are from the enums
7331   *	named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_capa.
7332   * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS: nested attribute, the nesting index is
7333   *	meaningless, just a list of peers to measure with, with the
7334   *	sub-attributes taken from
7335   *	&enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs.
7336   *
7337   * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR: internal
7338   * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7339   */
7340  enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs {
7341  	__NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID,
7342  
7343  	NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS,
7344  	NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF,
7345  	NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR,
7346  	NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA,
7347  	NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS,
7348  
7349  	/* keep last */
7350  	NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR,
7351  	NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR - 1
7352  };
7353  
7354  /**
7355   * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa - FTM capabilities
7356   * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7357   *
7358   * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP: flag attribute indicating ASAP mode
7359   *	is supported
7360   * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP: flag attribute indicating non-ASAP
7361   *	mode is supported
7362   * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI: flag attribute indicating if LCI
7363   *	data can be requested during the measurement
7364   * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC: flag attribute indicating if civic
7365   *	location data can be requested during the measurement
7366   * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES: u32 bitmap attribute of bits
7367   *	from &enum nl80211_preamble.
7368   * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS: bitmap of values from
7369   *	&enum nl80211_chan_width indicating the supported channel
7370   *	bandwidths for FTM. Note that a higher channel bandwidth may be
7371   *	configured to allow for other measurements types with different
7372   *	bandwidth requirement in the same measurement.
7373   * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT: u32 attribute indicating
7374   *	the maximum bursts exponent that can be used (if not present anything
7375   *	is valid)
7376   * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST: u32 attribute indicating
7377   *	the maximum FTMs per burst (if not present anything is valid)
7378   * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating if
7379   *	trigger based ranging measurement is supported
7380   * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating
7381   *	if non trigger based ranging measurement is supported
7382   *
7383   * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR: internal
7384   * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7385   */
7386  enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa {
7387  	__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID,
7388  
7389  	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP,
7390  	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP,
7391  	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI,
7392  	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC,
7393  	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES,
7394  	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS,
7395  	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT,
7396  	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST,
7397  	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED,
7398  	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED,
7399  
7400  	/* keep last */
7401  	NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR,
7402  	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR - 1
7403  };
7404  
7405  /**
7406   * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req - FTM request attributes
7407   * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7408   *
7409   * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP: ASAP mode requested (flag)
7410   * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE: preamble type (see
7411   *	&enum nl80211_preamble), optional for DMG (u32)
7412   * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: number of bursts exponent as in
7413   *	802.11-2016 9.4.2.168 "Fine Timing Measurement Parameters element"
7414   *	(u8, 0-15, optional with default 15 i.e. "no preference")
7415   * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD: interval between bursts in units
7416   *	of 100ms (u16, optional with default 0)
7417   * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: burst duration, as in 802.11-2016
7418   *	Table 9-257 "Burst Duration field encoding" (u8, 0-15, optional with
7419   *	default 15 i.e. "no preference")
7420   * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: number of successful FTM frames
7421   *	requested per burst
7422   *	(u8, 0-31, optional with default 0 i.e. "no preference")
7423   * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES: number of FTMR frame retries
7424   *	(u8, default 3)
7425   * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI: request LCI data (flag)
7426   * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC: request civic location data
7427   *	(flag)
7428   * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: request trigger based ranging
7429   *	measurement (flag).
7430   *	This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED are
7431   *	mutually exclusive.
7432   *      if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor
7433   *	%NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based
7434   *	ranging will be used.
7435   * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: request non trigger based
7436   *	ranging measurement (flag)
7437   *	This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED are
7438   *	mutually exclusive.
7439   *      if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor
7440   *	%NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based
7441   *	ranging will be used.
7442   * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_LMR_FEEDBACK: negotiate for LMR feedback. Only
7443   *	valid if either %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED or
7444   *	%NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set.
7445   * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BSS_COLOR: optional. The BSS color of the
7446   *	responder. Only valid if %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED
7447   *	or %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED is set.
7448   *
7449   * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR: internal
7450   * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7451   */
7452  enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req {
7453  	__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID,
7454  
7455  	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP,
7456  	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE,
7457  	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP,
7458  	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD,
7459  	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION,
7460  	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST,
7461  	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES,
7462  	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI,
7463  	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC,
7464  	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED,
7465  	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED,
7466  	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_LMR_FEEDBACK,
7467  	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BSS_COLOR,
7468  
7469  	/* keep last */
7470  	NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR,
7471  	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR - 1
7472  };
7473  
7474  /**
7475   * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons - FTM failure reasons
7476   * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified failure, not used
7477   * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE: no response from the FTM responder
7478   * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED: FTM responder rejected measurement
7479   * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL: we already know the peer is
7480   *	on a different channel, so can't measure (if we didn't know, we'd
7481   *	try and get no response)
7482   * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE: peer can't actually do FTM
7483   * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP: invalid T1/T4 timestamps
7484   *	received
7485   * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY: peer reports busy, you may retry
7486   *	later (see %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME)
7487   * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS: parameters were changed
7488   *	by the peer and are no longer supported
7489   */
7490  enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons {
7491  	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED,
7492  	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE,
7493  	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED,
7494  	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL,
7495  	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE,
7496  	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP,
7497  	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY,
7498  	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS,
7499  };
7500  
7501  /**
7502   * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp - FTM response attributes
7503   * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7504   *
7505   * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON: FTM-specific failure reason
7506   *	(u32, optional)
7507   * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX: optional, if bursts are reported
7508   *	as separate results then it will be the burst index 0...(N-1) and
7509   *	the top level will indicate partial results (u32)
7510   * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS: number of FTM Request frames
7511   *	transmitted (u32, optional)
7512   * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES: number of FTM Request frames
7513   *	that were acknowleged (u32, optional)
7514   * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME: retry time received from the
7515   *	busy peer (u32, seconds)
7516   * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: actual number of bursts exponent
7517   *	used by the responder (similar to request, u8)
7518   * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: actual burst duration used by
7519   *	the responder (similar to request, u8)
7520   * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: actual FTMs per burst used
7521   *	by the responder (similar to request, u8)
7522   * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG: average RSSI across all FTM action
7523   *	frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm)
7524   * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD: RSSI spread across all FTM action
7525   *	frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm)
7526   * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE: bitrate we used for the response to the
7527   *	FTM action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info
7528   *	attributes)
7529   * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE: bitrate the responder used for the FTM
7530   *	action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info attrs)
7531   * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG: average RTT (s64, picoseconds, optional
7532   *	but one of RTT/DIST must be present)
7533   * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE: RTT variance (u64, ps^2, note that
7534   *	standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional)
7535   * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD: RTT spread (u64, picoseconds,
7536   *	optional)
7537   * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG: average distance (s64, mm, optional
7538   *	but one of RTT/DIST must be present)
7539   * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE: distance variance (u64, mm^2, note
7540   *	that standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional)
7541   * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD: distance spread (u64, mm, optional)
7542   * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: LCI data from peer (binary, optional);
7543   *	this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016
7544   *	9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement
7545   *	Type 8.
7546   * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC: civic location data from peer
7547   *	(binary, optional);
7548   *	this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016
7549   *	9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement
7550   *	Type 11.
7551   * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD: ignore, for u64/s64 padding only
7552   *
7553   * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR: internal
7554   * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7555   */
7556  enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp {
7557  	__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
7558  
7559  	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON,
7560  	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX,
7561  	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS,
7562  	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES,
7563  	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME,
7564  	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP,
7565  	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION,
7566  	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST,
7567  	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG,
7568  	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD,
7569  	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE,
7570  	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE,
7571  	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG,
7572  	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE,
7573  	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD,
7574  	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG,
7575  	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE,
7576  	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD,
7577  	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI,
7578  	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC,
7579  	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD,
7580  
7581  	/* keep last */
7582  	NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR,
7583  	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR - 1
7584  };
7585  
7586  /**
7587   * enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes - OBSS packet detection attributes
7588   * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7589   *
7590   * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET: the OBSS PD minimum tx power offset.
7591   * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET: the OBSS PD maximum tx power offset.
7592   * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET: the non-SRG OBSS PD maximum
7593   *	tx power offset.
7594   * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the BSS color
7595   *	values used by members of the SRG.
7596   * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the partial
7597   *	BSSID values used by members of the SRG.
7598   * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL: The SR Control field of SRP element.
7599   *
7600   * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7601   * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX: highest OBSS PD attribute.
7602   */
7603  enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes {
7604  	__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID,
7605  
7606  	NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET,
7607  	NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET,
7608  	NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET,
7609  	NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP,
7610  	NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP,
7611  	NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL,
7612  
7613  	/* keep last */
7614  	__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST,
7615  	NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST - 1,
7616  };
7617  
7618  /**
7619   * enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes - BSS Color attributes
7620   * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7621   *
7622   * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR: the current BSS Color.
7623   * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED: is BSS coloring disabled.
7624   * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL: the AID equation to be used..
7625   *
7626   * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7627   * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX: highest BSS Color attribute.
7628   */
7629  enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes {
7630  	__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID,
7631  
7632  	NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR,
7633  	NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED,
7634  	NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL,
7635  
7636  	/* keep last */
7637  	__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST,
7638  	NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST - 1,
7639  };
7640  
7641  /**
7642   * enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes - interface type AKM attributes
7643   * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7644   *
7645   * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag
7646   *	attribute for each interface type that supports AKM suites specified in
7647   *	%NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES
7648   * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES: an array of u32. Used to indicate supported
7649   *	AKM suites for the specified interface types.
7650   *
7651   * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7652   * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX: highest interface type AKM attribute.
7653   */
7654  enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes {
7655  	__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID,
7656  
7657  	NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES,
7658  	NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES,
7659  
7660  	/* keep last */
7661  	__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST,
7662  	NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST - 1,
7663  };
7664  
7665  /**
7666   * enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes - FILS discovery configuration
7667   * from IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, Annex C.3 MIB detail.
7668   *
7669   * @__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7670   *
7671   * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN: Minimum packet interval (u32, TU).
7672   *	Allowed range: 0..10000 (TU = Time Unit)
7673   * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX: Maximum packet interval (u32, TU).
7674   *	Allowed range: 0..10000 (TU = Time Unit)
7675   * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL: Template data for FILS discovery action
7676   *	frame including the headers.
7677   *
7678   * @__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7679   * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute
7680   */
7681  enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes {
7682  	__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INVALID,
7683  
7684  	NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN,
7685  	NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX,
7686  	NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL,
7687  
7688  	/* keep last */
7689  	__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST,
7690  	NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST - 1
7691  };
7692  
7693  /*
7694   * FILS discovery template minimum length with action frame headers and
7695   * mandatory fields.
7696   */
7697  #define NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_TMPL_MIN_LEN 42
7698  
7699  /**
7700   * enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes - Unsolicited broadcast probe
7701   *	response configuration. Applicable only in 6GHz.
7702   *
7703   * @__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7704   *
7705   * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT: Maximum packet interval (u32, TU).
7706   *	Allowed range: 0..20 (TU = Time Unit). IEEE P802.11ax/D6.0
7707   *	26.17.2.3.2 (AP behavior for fast passive scanning).
7708   * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL: Unsolicited broadcast probe response
7709   *	frame template (binary).
7710   *
7711   * @__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7712   * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute
7713   */
7714  enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes {
7715  	__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
7716  
7717  	NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT,
7718  	NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL,
7719  
7720  	/* keep last */
7721  	__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST,
7722  	NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_MAX =
7723  		__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1
7724  };
7725  
7726  /**
7727   * enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism - The mechanism(s) allowed for SAE PWE
7728   *	derivation. Applicable only when WPA3-Personal SAE authentication is
7729   *	used.
7730   *
7731   * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED: not specified, used internally to indicate that
7732   *	attribute is not present from userspace.
7733   * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK: hunting-and-pecking loop only
7734   * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT: hash-to-element only
7735   * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH: both hunting-and-pecking loop and hash-to-element
7736   *	can be used.
7737   */
7738  enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism {
7739  	NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED,
7740  	NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK,
7741  	NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT,
7742  	NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH,
7743  };
7744  
7745  /**
7746   * enum nl80211_sar_type - type of SAR specs
7747   *
7748   * @NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER: power limitation specified in 0.25dBm unit
7749   *
7750   */
7751  enum nl80211_sar_type {
7752  	NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER,
7753  
7754  	/* add new type here */
7755  
7756  	/* Keep last */
7757  	NUM_NL80211_SAR_TYPE,
7758  };
7759  
7760  /**
7761   * enum nl80211_sar_attrs - Attributes for SAR spec
7762   *
7763   * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_TYPE: the SAR type as defined in &enum nl80211_sar_type.
7764   *
7765   * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS: Nested array of SAR power
7766   *	limit specifications. Each specification contains a set
7767   *	of %nl80211_sar_specs_attrs.
7768   *
7769   *	For SET operation, it contains array of %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER
7770   *	and %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX.
7771   *
7772   *	For sar_capa dump, it contains array of
7773   *	%NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ
7774   *	and %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ.
7775   *
7776   * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7777   * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_MAX: highest sar attribute
7778   *
7779   * These attributes are used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPEC
7780   */
7781  enum nl80211_sar_attrs {
7782  	__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_INVALID,
7783  
7784  	NL80211_SAR_ATTR_TYPE,
7785  	NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS,
7786  
7787  	__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST,
7788  	NL80211_SAR_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST - 1,
7789  };
7790  
7791  /**
7792   * enum nl80211_sar_specs_attrs - Attributes for SAR power limit specs
7793   *
7794   * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER: Required (s32)value to specify the actual
7795   *	power limit value in units of 0.25 dBm if type is
7796   *	NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER. (i.e., a value of 44 represents 11 dBm).
7797   *	0 means userspace doesn't have SAR limitation on this associated range.
7798   *
7799   * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX: Required (u32) value to specify the
7800   *	index of exported freq range table and the associated power limitation
7801   *	is applied to this range.
7802   *
7803   *	Userspace isn't required to set all the ranges advertised by WLAN driver,
7804   *	and userspace can skip some certain ranges. These skipped ranges don't
7805   *	have SAR limitations, and they are same as setting the
7806   *	%NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER to any unreasonable high value because any
7807   *	value higher than regulatory allowed value just means SAR power
7808   *	limitation is removed, but it's required to set at least one range.
7809   *	It's not allowed to set duplicated range in one SET operation.
7810   *
7811   *	Every SET operation overwrites previous SET operation.
7812   *
7813   * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ: Required (u32) value to specify the start
7814   *	frequency of this range edge when registering SAR capability to wiphy.
7815   *	It's not a channel center frequency. The unit is kHz.
7816   *
7817   * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ: Required (u32) value to specify the end
7818   *	frequency of this range edge when registering SAR capability to wiphy.
7819   *	It's not a channel center frequency. The unit is kHz.
7820   *
7821   * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST: Internal
7822   * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_MAX: highest sar specs attribute
7823   */
7824  enum nl80211_sar_specs_attrs {
7825  	__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_INVALID,
7826  
7827  	NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER,
7828  	NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX,
7829  	NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ,
7830  	NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ,
7831  
7832  	__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST,
7833  	NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_MAX = __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST - 1,
7834  };
7835  
7836  /**
7837   * enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes - multiple BSSID (MBSSID) and enhanced
7838   * multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA) in AP mode.
7839   * Kernel uses some of these attributes to advertise driver's support for
7840   * MBSSID and EMA.
7841   * Remaining attributes should be used by the userspace to configure the
7842   * features.
7843   *
7844   * @__NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7845   *
7846   * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_INTERFACES: Used by the kernel to advertise
7847   *	the maximum number of MBSSID interfaces supported by the driver.
7848   *	Driver should indicate MBSSID support by setting
7849   *	wiphy->mbssid_max_interfaces to a value more than or equal to 2.
7850   *
7851   * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_EMA_PROFILE_PERIODICITY: Used by the kernel
7852   *	to advertise the maximum profile periodicity supported by the driver
7853   *	if EMA is enabled. Driver should indicate EMA support to the userspace
7854   *	by setting wiphy->ema_max_profile_periodicity to
7855   *	a non-zero value.
7856   *
7857   * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INDEX: Mandatory parameter to pass the index of
7858   *	this BSS (u8) in the multiple BSSID set.
7859   *	Value must be set to 0 for the transmitting interface and non-zero for
7860   *	all non-transmitting interfaces. The userspace will be responsible
7861   *	for using unique indices for the interfaces.
7862   *	Range: 0 to wiphy->mbssid_max_interfaces-1.
7863   *
7864   * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_IFINDEX: Mandatory parameter for
7865   *	a non-transmitted profile which provides the interface index (u32) of
7866   *	the transmitted profile. The value must match one of the interface
7867   *	indices advertised by the kernel. Optional if the interface being set up
7868   *	is the transmitting one, however, if provided then the value must match
7869   *	the interface index of the same.
7870   *
7871   * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA: Flag used to enable EMA AP feature.
7872   *	Setting this flag is permitted only if the driver advertises EMA support
7873   *	by setting wiphy->ema_max_profile_periodicity to non-zero.
7874   *
7875   * @__NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7876   * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute
7877   */
7878  enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes {
7879  	__NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID,
7880  
7881  	NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_INTERFACES,
7882  	NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_EMA_PROFILE_PERIODICITY,
7883  	NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INDEX,
7884  	NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_IFINDEX,
7885  	NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA,
7886  
7887  	/* keep last */
7888  	__NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST,
7889  	NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST - 1,
7890  };
7891  
7892  /**
7893   * enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags - AP settings flags
7894   *
7895   * @NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: AP supports external
7896   *	authentication.
7897   * @NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT: Userspace supports SA Query
7898   *	procedures offload to driver. If driver advertises
7899   *	%NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD in AP SME features, userspace shall
7900   *	ignore SA Query procedures and validations when this flag is set by
7901   *	userspace.
7902   */
7903  enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags {
7904  	NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT	= 1 << 0,
7905  	NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT	= 1 << 1,
7906  	NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_1	= 1 << 2,
7907  	NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_2	= 1 << 3,
7908  	NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_3	= 1 << 4,
7909  };
7910  
7911  #endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */
7912